PX 55 System Documentation

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 280

01.

System Documentation

• General information
• Flowchart - P&ID CD02351
• Operator brief
• Connection list
• Installation drawing
• Electrical drawing
• Mechanical component list
• Assembly drawings

© Copyright Alfa Laval PX55


01. System Documentation

• General information

­ Safety warning
­ Requirements on Operating water
­ Requirements on Compressed air

© Copyright Alfa Laval PX55


SAFETY WARNINGS
FOR HIGH SPEED SEPARATOR SYSTEMS

All Personnel involved in the operation, main-


tenance or repair of separators or separation
plants must read this manual thoroughly. This is
essential for their safety.

The forces created due to the size,


weight and high speed of the rotating
components of a centrifugal separator
are extremely great. Incorrect
operation, maintenance and assembly,
or use of non-original parts can cause
serious damage to property and injury
to personnel.
CONTENTS
1. General requirements 6. Stopping
2. Project planning and installation 7. Dismantling, assembly and manual
3. Pre-checks for the initial start of new cleaning
or overhauled separators 8. Maintenance
4. Checks before and during each start App.A Bowl types
5. Operation

WARNING: NON-COMPLIANCE MAY


CAUSE A SERIOUS ACCIDENT!

ID:SCT92014.INS

Safety Warnings, ver. 2.00, 95-02-08, page 1


1. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
1.1 ALWAYS observe the Safety 1.10 A separator has maximum and
Warnings exactly. minimum operating temperature
limits. Operation above or below
1.2 ALWAYS follow the instructions in these temperatures will reduce
the Instruction Manuals carefully bowl strength. A weakened bowl
concerning installation, assembly, may disrupt with grave risks to
operation and regular people and the surroundings.
maintenance. Therefore, strictly abide by the
instructions concerning operating
1.3 NEVER operate a separator until procedures that can alter bowl
it is properly mounted. temperature (e.g. cooling time
after sterilization or running a
1.4 Ensure that all operators who separator for long time in stand-by
operate and service a separator without cooling).
are well-trained and
knowledgeable concerning the 1.11 Separators for high
machine and the work to be temperature use and
carried out. sterilizable separators
have uninsulated
1.5 NEVER neglect surfaces which can cause burns if
alarms. Find out what touched.
caused the alarm and
remedy it before the 1.12 NEVER work on mech-
alarm is reset. anical equipment such
as valves or pumps
1.6 ALWAYS use genuine Alfa Laval with the electric power
spare parts and tools. or instrument air supply on. There
is a mechanical hazard.
1.7 ALWAYS follow local Safety
Regulations concerning lifting 1.13 NEVER work on electri-
devices, electric equipment, pres- cal equipment with the
sure vessels, inflammable, toxic or main power supply
corrosive process liquids, etc. on. There is an elec-
tric shock hazard.
1.8 Place information and warning
notices in prominent places. 1.14 ALWAYS set the main
switch to OFF and
1.9 NEVER use the separator for lock it in this position
separating liquid which is more if you are going to
corrosive or erosive or has higher disassemble the separator or
density, higher temperature, parts of the auxiliary equipment.
different characteristics of the
solids, etc., than originally
specified. If your needs change,
consult your ALFA LAVAL
representative.

Safety Warnings, ver. 2.00, 95-02-08, page 2


2. PROJECT PLANNING AND
INSTALLATION
2.1 ALWAYS check with an Alfa Laval 2.4 Ensure that the foundations are
representative that the separator strong enough for the separator.
you plan to buy or use is suitable
for the application. Elements that 2.5 If the starting equipment
are important to consider are, e.g., containing the main switch is
process liquid density and placed in such a position that it
temperature, corrosion cannot be seen from the
characteristics, sludge separator, most local safety
characteristics, solids contents of regulations require that a separate
the process liquid, toxicity, safety switch must be installed in
inflammability, degree of the power supply to the separator
automation, etc. motor.

2.2 ALWAYS check with an Alfa Laval 2.6 As the separator stands on soft
representative that the installation rubber mountings, ALWAYS
is properly planned. Things that design the pipe-work to and from
should be considered are, e. g.: the separator in such a way that
there will be sufficient flexibility.
● A clear area around the Possible vibration should not be
equipment is required for allowed to be transmitted via the
servicing. piping.
● A lifting device of sufficient
capacity and that can be 2.7 If the local safety regulations
positioned exactly over the prescribe that the installation has
centre of the bowl spindle to be inspected and approved by
is needed to remove the responsible authorities before the
bowl assembly. separation system is put into
service, consult with such
2.3 Ensure that all service media authorities before installing the
(compressed air, electric power, equipment and have the projected
operating, cooling, and safety installation approved by them.
liquids, etc.) required for the
separator have the correct quality 2.8 NEVER transport or lift a
and capacity. In cases where separator with its bowl installed as
supply failure of the service media bearings and the bowl spindle
might cause damage, automatic could be damaged.
supervision is recommended. This
applies to operating media for 2.9 Only motors (including necessary
solids discharging separators monitoring equipment) specified
where a failure could cause by Alfa Laval may be fitted to the
unbalance and/or the cooling separator. Violation of this can
water for mechanical seals where cause severe damage and create
a fault could cause hot spots or a safety risk for the personnel.
water leakage into the lubricating Motor drives of variable speed
oil. must not be used unless approved

Safety Warnings, ver. 2.00, 95-02-08, page 3


by Alfa Laval and used in For separators with paring tube for
combination with appropriate concentrate discharge (e.g. UX type)
safety devices.
2.14 ALWAYS design the concentrate
2.10 Design the system in such a way outlet line in such a way that there
that there is always an open outlet is an open outlet for the
for liquid from the bowl casing concentrate. If the separator
drain outlet. operates against a closed outlet
damage may occur.
2.11 If the sediment from the separator
is discharged into a tank, this tank For separators equipped with a
must be sufficiently ventilated. The cooling jacket on the bowl casing or
connection between the separator cyclone
and the tank must be of the size
and configuration specified. 2.15 Ensure that the pressure of
cooling liquid in the jackets cannot
For nozzle separators exceed the specified limit. Excess
pressure will cause damage.
2.12 ALWAYS use strainers in the feed
lines for the process liquid, For separators working in a closed
cleaning liquid and water. Their system
mesh size must be smaller than
the nozzle diameter. 2.16 If the solids are discharged from
the separator bowl casing into a
2.13 Design the system in such a way closed system, ensure that this
that the feed can never be system cannot be overfilled or
accidentally cut off while the bowl closed in such a way that the
is rotating. A safety water/liquid solids cannot leave the bowl
supply of sufficient flow rate must casing. This could cause a
be provided so that (to prevent hazardous situation.
unbalance) the bowl can be kept
filled if the ordinary supply fails. 2.17 Ensure that the gas pressure
(This does not apply to UX type inside the bowl casing stays within
separators). specified limits. Otherwise the
bowl casing might disrupt.

Safety Warnings, ver. 2.00, 95-02-08, page 4


3. PRE-CHECKS FOR THE INITIAL
START OF NEW OR OVERHAULED
SEPARATORS
3.1 Check that installation of the 3.5 Make sure that the
rubber vibration dampers between motor rotates in
the frame and foundation has the direction
been carried out according to the indicated by the
instructions. arrow on the
separator frame. If
3.2 Make sure that the the bowl rotates in
drive unit contains the wrong
the correct quantity direction, the left-hand threaded
of suitable oil. lock ring(s) may unscrew. This
could cause a serious accident!

3.3 Check that all electric supervision 3.6 Make sure that the
signals and interlocks are frequency and
connected and that they operate voltage of the
correctly. current to be
connected is in
3.4 Make sure that the accordance with
separator frame, separator
control boxes and specifications. Too
cabinets are high a bowl speed
connected to earth can create danger!
(ground) in accordance with local
regulations. This is especially 3.7 Check that the actual operating
important in hazardous areas to rpm with an empty bowl is the
reduce the risk of ignition due to same as that specified in the
static electricity. Operator’s Manual.

Safety Warnings, ver. 2.00, 95-02-08, page 5


4. CHECKS BEFORE AND DURING EACH
START
4.1 NEVER operate a separator if 4.5 Check that all lines for service
screws, nuts or other parts are media are open and that safety
missing, worn or damaged. Check liquid is available.
that all clamps, pipe couplings and
other fastenings have been 4.6 Supervise the entire starting cycle.
securely tightened. If starting time is longer or power
consumption higher than usual,
4.2 NEVER start the separator without stop the separator. The cause
being sure that the bowl is clean. must be found and action taken to
correct the fault before a restart.
4.3 If the separator is equipped with a
vibration alarm unit, check the 4.7 To avoid overheating the motor,
setting and do not set it to a do not restart the separator more
higher level than recommended. frequently than permitted in the
The pre-warning signal level may applicable Operator’s manual.
be adjusted to individual process
conditions.

4.4 ALWAYS check


that the brake is in
the OFF position
before a start (if
applicable).

Safety Warnings, ver. 2.00, 95-02-08, page 6


5. OPERATION
5.1 Wait until the bowl has reached its 5.6 The solids
correct operating speed before the are dis-
process liquid is turned on. charged
from the
5.2 Check that there is no leakage bowl at
from pipe connections on or intervals,
around the separator. the length
of which are dependent upon feed
5.3 If there is rate, solids content of the process
an unusual liquid and characteristics of the
noise or solids. To avoid unbalance and
vibration, risk of damage the solids must be
stop the discharged before they become
separator. packed hard or the solids space
becomes overfull.
5.4 As the separator bowl rotates it is Before introducing the process
heated by air friction. Normally, liquid, check that the discharge
this causes only a slight increase interval time is set at a suitable
of the process liquid temperature, rate and the discharge volume, if
but, if the liquid flow is interrupted, adjustable, is set at a suitable
the liquid remaining in the bowl size.
will be heated to a temperature in Operating times between
excess of 100°C. This can cause discharges has a maximum limit
a dangerous situation if the determined by the compacting of
process liquid is inflammable or the solids and a minimum limit for
can decompose. mechanical reasons or motor
In such cases, ensure that the overload.
flow to the separator is not The discharge volume must be
interrupted long enough to cause large enough to avoid incomplete
a dangerous increase in emptying of solids from the bowl.
temperature.
5.7 Do not adjust the discharge
For separators with solids discharge system in such a way that the
nozzles placed close to the periphery solids will become so thick and
of the bowl (e.g. SX, QX, TX, DX dry that there is a risk of clogging
types) the bowl cover and/or the cyclone
outlet. Serious damage may occur
5.5 ALWAYS run and stop the if the solids cannot escape.
separator with a sufficient flow of
liquid into the bowl to keep it filled. 5.8 A separator with a variable
This reduces unbalance should discharge programme used for
nozzle blockage occur. partial discharge should NEVER
be changed to total discharge
For separators with intermittent solids before consulting your ALFA
discharge from the periphery of the LAVAL representative.
bowl (e.g. PX, AX types)

Safety Warnings, ver. 2.00, 95-02-08, page 7


6. STOPPING
6.1 ALWAYS stop the separator with 6.4 If the separator is equipped with
the bowl full of liquid. an automatic safety liquid system
do not shut off the main power to
6.2 If the separator is not equipped the system until the bowl has
with an automatic emergency stopped and the manual valve for
shut-down procedure, a manual safety liquid has been closed.
procedure suitable for your
installation must be used. 6.5 NEVER feed any liquid to a
Normally this means that if stationary bowl.
unusual vibration occurs the
separator must be stopped with 6.6 Do not leave the bowl idle for any
the feed (or safety water) on and length of time with corrosive
the brake applied. liquids in it.

6.3 NEVER 6.7 NEVER let a separator stand still


loosen any more than a few weeks (less in an
part of the area with high floor vibrations)
separator without removing the bowl.
and do not
open in- 6.8 If the separator has been stopped
spection or because of vibration, do not use it
cleaning hatches until the bowl again until the cause of vibration
has come to a complete standstill. has been established and
Standstill is indicated by a lamp corrected.
on the control panel and/or that
the revolution counter is not
rotating.

Safety Warnings, ver. 2.00, 95-02-08, page 8


7. DISMANTLING, MANUAL CLEANING
AND ASSEMBLY
7.1 Check that the bowl is stationary, NEVER
that the main power switch is hose down
turned off and, if possible, locked a separator
or fuses removed before starting with a
any dismantling work. Hang up a direct water
warning sign to prevent the power jet. Totally
being turned on. enclosed
motors can
7.2 ALWAYS use the special tools be damaged by direct hosing to
supplied by Alfa Laval when the same extent as open motors.
working on a separator. The use Be careful even when the motor is
of improper or makeshift tools can equipped with a protecting hood.
cause accidents. NEVER direct the water jet on the
ventilation grills.
7.3 Position the hoist exactly when
dismantling and assembling. Do 7.8 Do not clean bowl parts with
not use a hoist that works jerkily solutions that may be corrosive to
or too fast. the particular materials of these
parts.
7.4 When working on a separator with
a hinged cover, ALWAYS be sure 7.9 When assembling a bowl, always
to lock the cover securely in the make sure that the threads on
open position. bowl components are thoroughly
clean, free from grit and properly
7.5 When using the disc stack lubricated.
compression tool as a lifting tool,
ALWAYS follow the procedure 7.10 A separator bowl is balanced as a
exactly as described in the complete unit. Components of one
Maintenance & Repair manual. bowl must not be interchanged
with those of another bowl (unless
7.6 Handle components with care. Do definitely permitted). Make sure
not place parts directly on the that no parts are left out during
floor. Use a clean rubber mat, assembly and that parts with
fibre-board or a wooden pallet. alignment marks are positioned
Protect all parts against damage, correctly. All major parts are
dust and dirt. Make sure that they marked with the full serial number
are clean and free from burrs or the last three digits for
when assembling. identification purposes.

7.7 Do not use high pressure hoses 7.11 NEVER start a


or excessive amounts of water separator without
when cleaning the inside of the its bowl. This might
bowl casing as this can cause damage the
water to enter into the spindle bearings.
bearings.

Safety Warnings, ver. 2.00, 95-02-08, page 9


8. MAINTENANCE
8.1 ALWAYS use the proper operate the separator but consult
equipment such as chain hoists, your ALFA LAVAL representative.
dollies, etc., when lifting and/or
moving heavy components such 8.4 Ensure that the bowl is fitted with
as motors, bowl bodies, bowl the correct number of discs to
assemblies, etc.. obtain appropriate disc stack
compression. If you remove a disc
8.2 At each service, or at least every ALWAYS replace it with a new
third month, the most important one to avoid unbalance.
parts should be checked for
fatigue damage. Special attention 8.5 NEVER
should be given to the bowl pillars heat bowl
for the solids discharge ports, parts, such
nozzles, threads of bowl as bowl
body/large lock-ring as well as the body, bowl
frame and the upper frame part hood, lock
which are hit by ejected solids rings, etc.,
and/or operating liquid. If process with a naked flame or attempt
or cleaning liquids are corrosive or repairs by welding. This could
erosive the inspection interval destroy the mechanical and
must be shortened. structural strength of the material.

8.3 Note that the assembly mark Φ on 8.6 On separators equipped with a
the main lock ring must be aligned friction brake, make sure that the
or pass the Φ mark on bowl body pad is in a good condition.
or bowl hood when the lock ring is
fully tightened. In this position 8.7 Many separators are equipped
there must be proper compression with a paring disc liquid discharge.
of the disc stack. Check that all It is important that the paring
parts are device/feed tube assembly has
securely the correct height adjustment. It is
tightened. If especially important to check this
the Φ mark on new or overhauled separators.
on the large
lock ring 8.8 Periodically inspect and test by
passes the operating all the automatic shut-off
correspon- devices and monitoring systems
ding mark provided to make sure they will
on the bowl body/bowl hood by function correctly when required.
more than 25 degrees, do not

IF YOU ARE IN ANY WAY UNCERTAIN, CONSULT YOUR ALFA LAVAL REPRESENTATIVE!

For reliability and maximum safety we strongly recommend that an ALFA LAVAL Service
Engineer inspects your separator at regular intervals, recommended by the ALFA LAVAL
Service Engineer.

Safety Warnings, ver. 2.00, 95-02-08, page 10


APPENDIX A: BOWL TYPES
The following figure shows schematic characteristics of different bowl types. The bowl
type is stated in the separator designation, in most cases as characters no. 3 and 4.
Example: CHQX 320 B-31CGR.

Safety Warnings, ver. 2.00, 95-02-08, page 11


01. System Documentation

• Operator brief

­ Operator reference
­ Screen overview - PX55

© Copyright Alfa Laval PX55


Alfa Laval
PX55
Separation System
Operator Reference

Valve arrangement according to flowchart: CD02351

Hardware: Siemens CPU314C-2 DP with OP177B

Document: Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

Document No: 9699-7041-10

Printing date: 20 August, 2009


Published by: Alfa Laval Corporate AB
Standard Module Group
Bazellaan 5 avenue de Bale
B – 1140 EVERE
Belgium

© Copyright Alfa Laval Corporate AB

All right reserved. The content of this book maybe changed without notice. No part of this book
may be reproduced, transmitted or disclosed to any third party in any form or by any means without
permission in writing from Alfa Laval.

2
Table of contents
1. GENERAL INFORMATION ....................................................................................................................... 6
1.1. TABLE OF CONTENTS ........................................................................................................................................ 8
1.2. LIST OF APPENDIXES ................................................................................................................................. 8
1.3. LIST OF MACHINE HANDBOOKS ............................................................................................................. 8
1.4. LIST OF P&ID DRAWING NUMBERS ........................................................................................................ 9
1.5. LIST OF DOCUMENT NUMBERS ............................................................................................................... 9

2. SEPARATION THEORY  ........................................................................................................................... 10


2.1. BASIC PRINCIPLES OF SEPARATION ................................................................................................................. 10
2.2. CONTINUOUS SEPARATION BY GRAVITY ......................................................................................................... 10
2.3. CENTRIFUGAL SEPARATION ............................................................................................................................ 10

3. SYSTEM DESCRIPTION  ......................................................................................................................... 11


3.1. OVERVIEW ..................................................................................................................................................... 11
Basic functions ............................................................................................................................................14
3.2. DESCRIPTION OF PROCESS AND INSTRUMENT COMPONENTS  ...................................................................... 16
3.3. FIRST START-UP ............................................................................................................................................. 19

4. WORKING REFERENCE ......................................................................................................................... 20


4.1. POWER ON/ STAND STILL ....................................................................................................................... 21
4.2. START-UP .................................................................................................................................................... 22
4.3. STAND BY ................................................................................................................................................... 24
4.4. WATER TEST............................................................................................................................................... 24
4.5. PRODUCTION ............................................................................................................................................. 25
Discharge 1 ..................................................................................................................................................25
Liquid seal sequence ...................................................................................................................................27
4.6. HOLDING ..................................................................................................................................................... 28
4.7. CIP WATER .................................................................................................................................................. 29
Discharge 2 ..................................................................................................................................................29
4.8. CIP 2 .............................................................................................................................................................. 31
4.9. STOP ............................................................................................................................................................. 32
Speed controlled stop ..................................................................................................................................32
Timer controlled stop ..................................................................................................................................33
Emergency Stop ..........................................................................................................................................33

5. OPERATOR INTERFACE  ........................................................................................................................ 34


6. LIST OF ACTIVATION  ............................................................................................................................. 36
6.1. ACTIVATION OF COMPONENTS IN THE DIFFERENT PROGRAM MODES .............................................................. 36

7. ALARM MANAGEMENT .......................................................................................................................... 38


7.1. RESETTING & ACKNOWLEDGING OF ALARMS ................................................................................................. 38
7.2. LIST OF ALARMS ............................................................................................................................................. 39
A02 Vibration prewarning................................................................................................................................ 39
A03 Vibration shutdown ................................................................................................................................... 39
A05 Speed system fault ..................................................................................................................................... 41
A07 Slow acceleration ...................................................................................................................................... 42
A08 Low Speed ................................................................................................................................................. 43
A09 Start Time too long ................................................................................................................................... 44
A10 High Speed ................................................................................................................................................ 46
A11 Too Low Flow ........................................................................................................................................... 46
A12 Line contactor fault ................................................................................................................................... 47
A13 Frequency drive fault ................................................................................................................................ 47
A14 Current / Torque high ............................................................................................................................... 48
3
A15 Discharge too large .................................................................................................................................. 49
A16 Discharge too small .................................................................................................................................. 50
A17 Emergency stop activated ......................................................................................................................... 51
A18 Cover Open ............................................................................................................................................... 51
A20 High discharge frequency ......................................................................................................................... 52
A21 Low instrument air pressure ..................................................................................................................... 52
A22 Battery low in PLC ................................................................................................................................... 53
A23 Current sensor fault .................................................................................................................................. 53
A24 Vibration signal fault ................................................................................................................................ 54
A25 LP (light phase) pressure signal fault ....................................................................................................... 54
A28 Centrizoom control failure ........................................................................................................................ 55
A30 LP (light phase) pressure high .................................................................................................................. 55
A31 LP (light phase) pressure low ................................................................................................................... 56
A32 Water pressure low ................................................................................................................................... 57
A33 Time out water test .................................................................................................................................... 57
A34 Bearing temp pre- warning ....................................................................................................................... 58
A35 Bearing shutdown ..................................................................................................................................... 58
A36 Gear temp. pre-warning............................................................................................................................ 59
A37 Gear temp. shutdown ................................................................................................................................ 59

8. CONFIGURATION PARAMETERS:  ....................................................................................................... 60


8.1. PARAMETER TABLE ........................................................................................................................................ 60
8.1.1. Application parameters ............................................................................................................................. 60
8.1.2. System parameters .................................................................................................................................... 63

4
5
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
1. GENERAL INFORMATION 

The following symbols in this manual point out safety precautions. It means your attention is
needed and your safety is involved.

WARNING
This symbol is used to indicate the presence of a hazard, which can or will
cause severe personal injury, if the warning is ignored.

CAUTION
 Certain passages of the text will be marked with a caution mark. This mark
indicates the presence of hazard, which will or can cause property damage if
the instructions are not observed.

CAUTION-Emergency shut down


 Use of the Emergency stop button should be restricted!

CHECK
 This type of instruction indicates a situation, which, if not avoided, could
result in damage to the equipment.

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

page 6
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
WARNING
Important! Read the “Safety Warnings for High Speed Separator
Systems” in machine book Manual 587424-02 before you put the separation
system into service! (see model):

The operator must not operate the installation


without being familiar with the safety rules !

WARNING – EX-installations
In zones with Explosion hazard, class EX-2, the following applies:
• Electric panels must clearly be labeled with the mention “EX”
• The Motor Control Cabinet may NOT be located in the hazardous
zone!
• Interconnection cabling with intrinsic safe equipment must be
executed with the cable type mentioned in the electrical drawings or
with complimentary cables. The outside colour of these cables should
be blue.
These cables must run separately from other; non-EX-i cables.
The length of these cables must be limited, as according to the
specifications listed for the Zener barreers + sensors.
• Interconnecting cabling with EX-D or EX-M equipment located in the
field will be well tightened, and will be executed using black or grey
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

coloured cable glands.


• The installation may not be used in an area with a higher safety risk
than zone 2.
• Zone 2 approval is only possible for the complete installation;
therefore this can only be done by an authorized party after complete
field installation of the module.

page 7
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
1.1. Table of contents

This manual is meant as a guideline for the operators. We have tried in every sense to make
this manual as easy to understand as possible. If you had any suggestions on ways to
improve the manual, please do not hesitate to contact us.
In order to allow a quick search of a subject, the different chapters of this manual are
tagged with a symbol:
 : General information
 : Working reference
 : Operator display
 : Closer look at special functions
 : Alarm handling
 : Configuration, parameter tables
᝽ : Communication with other equipment
 : Additional information
 : Table with translated screen texts (Option)

1.2. LIST OF APPENDIXES

Appendix A: “Screen overview”


Appendix B: “Screen translations” OPTION

1.3. LIST OF MACHINE HANDBOOKS

Reference is made to the following machine handbook(s), depending on the type of machine:
PX65 : Manual 587422-02
PX55 : Manual 587424-02
PX65-EX : Manual 587423-02
PX55-EX : Manual 587425-02
PX70: Manual 1271336-02 Rev.4 & Manual 1271337-02 Rev. 2
PX80: Manual 1271208-02 Rev.5 & Manual 1271209-02 Rev. 2
PX80-EX: Manual 1271213-02 Rev. 3 & Manual 1271214-02 Rev. 3
PX100: Manual 589205-02 &589206-02&589207-02
PX115 : Manual 589208-02 &589209-02 & 589210-02
PX100EX : Manual 589205-02 &589206-02&589207-02
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

PX115EX : Manual 589208-02 &589209-02 & 589210-02


PX95 : Manual 570405-02 Rev. 3 & Manual 570406-02 Rev. 3
PX95-EX : Manual 571315-02 Rev. 1 & Manual 571316-02 Rev. 1
PX110 : Manual 1271764-02 Rev. 1 & Manual 571311-02 Rev. 1
PX110-EX: Manual 571310-02 Rev. 1 & Manual 571311-02 Rev. 1

For this document, Manual 587424-02 applies.

page 8
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
1.4. LIST OF P&ID DRAWING NUMBERS

Reference is made to the following Drawing number, depending on the type of machine:
PX65 : CD02352
PX55 : CD02351
PX65-EX : CD02352_EX
PX55-EX : CD02351_EX
PX70 : CD01456
PX80 : CD01162
PX80-EX : CD01449
PX100 : CD02363
PX115: CD02364
PX100EX:CD02363EX
PX115EX :CD02364EX
PX95 : CD01402
PX95-EX : CD01403
PX110 : CD01043
PX110-EX: CD01401

For this document, drawing number CD02351 applies.

1.5. LIST OF DOCUMENT NUMBERS

Depending on the Machine type, the operator reference manual has following document No. :
PX65 : 9699-7000-10
PX55 : 9699-7041-10
PX65-EX : 9699-7020-10
PX55-EX : 9699-7042-10
PX70 : 9699-7152-00
PX80 : 9699-7153-00
PX80-EX : 9699-7154-00
PX100 : 9699-7267-00
PX115 : 9699-7268-00
PX100EX : 9699-7269-00
PX115EX : 9699-7270-00
PX95 : 9699-7155-00
PX95-EX : 9699-7156-00
PX110 : 9699-7157-00
PX110-EX: 9699-7158-00
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

For this document, drawing number 9699-7041-10 applies.

page 9
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
2. SEPARATION THEORY 

2.1. Basic principles of separation

The purpose of separation can be:


 To free a liquid of solid particles.
 To separate two mutually insoluble liquids with different
densities while removing any solids presents at the same
time.
 To separate and concentrate solid particles from a liquid.
This can be achieved by using the natural gravity forces: A
liquid mixture in a stationary bowl will clear slowly as the
heavy particles in the liquid mixture sink to the bottom under
the influence of gravity.

2.2. Continuous separation by gravity


Continuous separation and sedimentation can be achieved in a
settling tank having inlet and outlet arranged according to the
illustration.
Heavier particles in the liquid mixture will settle and form a
sediment layer on the tank bottom.

2.3. Centrifugal separation


In a rapidly rotating bowl, the force of gravity is replaced by
centrifugal force, which can be thousands of times greater.
Separation and sedimentation is continuous and happens very
quickly.
The centrifugal force in the separator bowl can achieve in a
few seconds what takes many hours in a tank under influence
of gravity.
The bowl of the separator is composed by an upper part and a
lower part (CF double separation line), tightly pressed
together.

Evacuation of the solid deposits is done by momentarily


stopping the forces keeping the bowl together.
The centrifugal forces will push upper and lower part away,
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

creating thus a sideways outlet for the solids.


The solids are ejected with great velocity out of the periphery
of the bowl before the bowl closes again.

page 10
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
3. System description 

3.1. Overview

P&ID - CD02351 (technical documentation folder fold-out) shows the detail


separation system information. The legend of the symbols is located on the
drawing’s right side.
The system consists of the following main parts:

Separator The separator PX 55 is a solids-discharging high-speed separator. Sediment


ejection (discharge) takes place through sludge ports in the bowl periphery while
the separator is in full operation. A discharge can be initiated manually, by self-
triggering, or on timer base.

The bowl of the separator is kept closed with a hydraulic system, pushing the
lower part against the upper part.
A so-called “Operating Water Module (OWMC)” controls this hydraulic
suspension system.
The Operating Water Module also takes care of opening and closing the bowl
during discharges, allowing the solids to be ejected from the bowl.

The separator has a one feed inlet (201) and two outlets; one for the light phase
(220) and one for the heavy phase (221). Solids leave the separator through the
cyclone (222). When the separator is used for, e.g., separation of vegetable oil
from water, the oil leaves the system through the light phase outlet. The water
leaves the system through the heavy phase outlet.

Inlets supplied with hot water are flushing under the bowl (303) and flushing in
sediment outlet (304). There is a hot/cold-combined inlet used for feed inlet
sealing water (615). Hot water is used to dilute the heavy phase.

There is an inlet for cooling water for the lubrication system (409) and an inlet for
cooling water for the jacket cooling (405) (water in the jacket also reduces the
noise level of the separator).

The jacket drain valve stay on the common drain line 405&410 is used to drain the
separator jacket before disassembly.

During production, sludge accumulates in the periphery of the separator bowl.


Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

The sludge has to be discharged at certain intervals through a number of ports in


the bowl wall. The operating water closes and opens the bowl in the separator.
Between discharges the sludge ports are closed by a sliding bowl bottom, which is
forced upwards by the operating water pressure acting on the underside of the
sliding bowl bottom.

The separator has an inlet for operating water (375). At discharge, extra water
(discharge water) is injected into the operating water system. (via operating water
discharge valve AV375) The sliding bowl bottom is forced down thus opening the
ports. The ejected sludge leaves the separator via the cyclone.
page 11
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
The cyclone is a device used to reduce the sludge velocity before it leaves the
system through the sludge outlet.

The PX55 separator is equipped with a Centrizoom paring device to pick up the
fluids, which are channelled to the heavy phase outlet. This device makes it
possible to adjust the interface in the bowl when the separator is in operation. It
also makes it possible to automatically move the interface during the discharge
sequence to minimize the risk of a liquid seal break.

In case of a PX65 type machine, the production position of the paring tubes is set
via a set point on the operator screen. On the PX55 type machines the setting of
the production position is done manually on the centrizoom. The movement of the
Centrizoom in production position or between production position and inner
position (during discharge) is pneumatically controlled (508a/508b).

The separator motor is equipped with VFD brake.

Depending on the type of machine, The separator can be equipped with: 1


vibration sensor, 2 speed sensors, 2 PT100’s for temperature measurement and
one cover lock (optional). The Scope of delivery is defined in the flow chart of the
machine. (See as well the parameter list linked to the delivered machine type at
the end of this manual)
Power from the driving unit is transmitted to the bowl spindle and the bowl by a
gearbox. The motor is equipped with thermistors in order to provide overload
protection.

Process Liquid The process liquid module controls the (product) flow inlet (201) and the lines
Module from the heavy (221) and light phase (220) outlets. The light phase outlet is
equipped with a constant pressure valve 220AV001
. This valve is used to maintain a constant backpressure in the light phase outlet to
avoid foam or air bubbles and also to fine-tune the interface.

Pressure and temperature in the light phase piping can be visually supervised.
There is also a pressure transmitter in this pipe. It is used to control the
equipment and to give an alarm for low pressure as well as for high pressure.

In both outlets, sight glasses are installed for inspection of the process liquid.
There is also a sampling point in the heavy phase outlet for taking of product
samples.

The separator can be run with no flow at the inlet, with hot water (safety liquid) or
with product.
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

Product and cleaning use the same inlet (201). Safety liquid is supplied by a hot
water line (320) in the service liquid unit.
There are also two outlets, one for clarified product or cleaning liquid (220) and
one heavy phase outlet (221).

page 12
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
Service Liquid The service liquid unit supplies service liquid to the separator. It is a standardized
Unit unit for distribution of cold and hot water to different parts of the separation
system.

As cold water is used for the discharge mechanism, the cold-water inlet of the unit
contains a filter and a pressure switch for automatic detection of low water
pressure.

The cold-water pressure can be inspected on the pressure indicators:


300PIS001 (non EX separators) or 300PI001 (EX separators).

The unit has the following provisions:

• Supply of cold water to the operating water tank and further to OWMC
system for operating water and discharge water.

• Supply of cold and hot water for sealing.

• Supply of cold water for cooling of the lubrication oil and for cooling of
the separator jacket.

• Supply of hot water for flushing under the bowl

• Supply of hot water for flushing in the sediment outlet

• Supply of hot water for flushing of the heavy phase sight glass

• Supply of hot water into the feed line for testing or cleaning of the
separation system, for pre-warming of the separator before production or
for dilution of the process feed when the liquid seal is re-stablished.

The hot water flow for sealing is adjusted manually via manual valve. By
observing the value on the flow indicator the desired flow rate can be set.

Operating The operating water tank 300B001 is used to guarantee a constant operating water
water tank pressure towards the separator.

Automation The system is completely automated and the automation consists of following 2 or
3 (for EX PX machines) hardware blocks:
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

• Electrical Cabinet
Includes frequency drive and Siemens CPU314C-2 DP with OP177B
The communciation card can be an option supplied together with the
electrical cabinet.
• Pneumatical Cabinet
For NOT Ex-proof, can NOT be placed in the hazardous area
For Ex-proof, can be placed in the hazardous area if specifications (see
drawings) are in compliance with intended use and area.

• Remote Control Box (only for EX machines)


page 13
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
Ex-proof, can be placed in the hazardous area if specifications (see
drawings) are in compliance with intended use and area.

Basic functions The automation takes care of the following functions:

Separator functions:
 Control of separator motor
 Monitoring of separator motor temperature with PTC
 Monitoring of bearing temperature (Not valid for PX55 or EX seperators)
 Monitoring of gear temperature (“Option” /not valid for PX55 or EX machine)
 Monitoring of separator motor current
 Monitoring of separator speed (Only use 741a motor speed monitoring)
 Monitoring of vibration level
 Monitoring of discharging process

Service liquid routings:


 Activation of automated valves for service liquid with compressed air
 Control of Operating Water Module (opening/closing mechanism of bowl)

Software Included in the software is a set of automatic sequences which take care of the
above functions, with the following main program steps:

 Stand-still (centrifuge at rest)


 Starting sequence
 Stand-by (= running at full speed without automatic discharge)
 Water Test (= running at full speed with hot water)
 Production
 Cleaning mode Water
 Cleaning mode 2
 Stopping sequence

Operator panel The PLC is equipped with an operator panel (OP) informing the operator about the
active program steps, and allowing the main operations such as Starting, switching
between the working modes, stopping, requesting for manual discharges …

If an alarm occurs, this will be displayed on the OP.

All critical values such as speed, current consumption, measured vibrations are
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

monitored by the PLC and can be consulted via the OP.


The OP also offers several menus for configuration of the discharge handling,
changing program parameters, …

For more information on the operator interface, CF chapter 5, “OPERATOR


INTERFACE” and Appendix A: “Screen overview”.

page 14
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
Remote Control The Remote Control Box offers basic control and feedback from within the
Box (only for hazardous zone.
EX machine)
There are 11 pushbuttons for basic remote control:

• Start
• Stop
• Discharge 1(small)
• Discharge 2(large)
• Standby production
• Standby watertest
• Standby CIP water
• Zoom in (Centrizoom)
• Zoom out (Centrizoom)
• Emergency button
• Reset emergency button

There are 7 lamps give basic feedback:

• Discharge 1
• Discharge 2
• Standby
• Production
• Watertest
• CIP water
• Control VAC

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

page 15
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
3.2. Description of process and instrument components


The piping & instrument diagram contains valves and instruments of several
different types.
The below tables just give some examples about their main functions. The
intention is to help the operators to well understand the system. The symbols
can be varied with P&ID, the legende symbols shown on P&ID right side.

Process Liquid Equipment no. Comments


Module 201PI001 Pressure gauge.
220PI001
201SG001 Sight glass without illumination.
220SG001 Sight glass with illumination (no illum. for EX machine)
221SG001 Sight glass with illumination (no illum. for EX)
201MV001 Sampling valve.
201V001
220V002
201S001 Flexible connection.
220S001
201FH001
220FH001

220AV001 Constant pressure valve for the backpressure in the light phase
outlet.
220RV001

220PRV001 Pressure reducing valve with pressure indicator, for the


instrument air to constant pressure valve 220RV001.
220PIT001 Pressure indicator transmitter in the light phase outlet.

220TI001 Temperature indicator in the light phase outlet.

200CV001 Non-return valve.

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

page 16
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
Service Liquid Equipment no. Comments
Unit 300AV001 Pneumatic shut-off valve, Normally Closed.
300AV004
300AV005
300AV009
300AV002 Pneumatic shut-off valve, Normally Open.
300AV007
300V001 Manual shut-off valve hot water.
300V002 Manual shut-off valve cold water.

300R001 Non-return valve.


300R002
300R003

300CV001
300CV002
300CV003

300FJ001 Constant flow valve.


300FJ002

300S001 Flexible connection.


300S002
300S003
300S004
300S006
300S007
300FH001
300FH002
300FH003
300FH004
300FH005
300FH006

300B001 Operating water tank

300AV007 Floater valve.

300V005 Manual shut-off valve outlet operating water tank

300V003 Manual shut-off valve for sightglass flushing

300V004 Manual flow regulating valve for hot water supply.

300PI001 Pressure gauge. (optional)

300PI002 Pressure gauge.(optional)

300FI001 Flow indicator.

300F001 Filter.
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

300PIS001 Pressure indicator/switch for operating water. (not for EX


machine)

300PS001 Pressure switch for operating water. (only for EX machine)

page 17
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
Separator Equipment no. Comments

CV375 Check valve.


R375

GS760 Cover interlocking switch (optional)

YT750 Vibration transmitter

300FE001 Compensator.

ST741a Speed sensor

TT730 Temperature sensor for motor temperature (motor thermistors).

TT731 Temperature sensor for bearing temperature (not for PX55 and
EX type machine).

TT733 Temperature sensor for gear temperature (optional / (not for


PX55 and EX type machine).

PT729 Pressure transmitter for operating water


300S008 Flexible connection. (300S014 does not for EX machine)
300S009
300S010
300S011
300S012
300S013
300S014
FH001 Flexible connection. (FH006 does not for EX machine)
FH002
FH003
FH004
FH005
FH006
FH007

300V006 Manual shut-off valve (drain).

AV375 Pneumatic shut-off valve, Normally Closed.


LC508 Centrizoom (PX65 type: positioning via I/P-converter. PX55
type: manual positioning).
GS794 Centrizoom feedback device (not for PX55 and PX55EX)
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

page 18
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
3.3. First Start-up

Before First
Start-up Make sure the separation system is installed according to the seperator’s
Manual 587424-02 and P&ID CD02351.
Check all pipe connections well installed.
Fill the separator gear box with required amount of lubricating oil. For
detail information, please see separator’s manual.
Check if the plugs in the distributing cone in the separator bowl should be
left or removed. Please refer separator’s manual.
Check electrical connections.
Check utilities supply, power, water, instrument air etc.

First Start-up
Run an ID-run on the motor with the frequency drive.
For an ID-run, the frequency drive must be put in local on the frequency
drive panel. After this, the motor must be started from the frequency drive
panel. After start, the frequency drive will perform the ID-run during a
couple of seconds before it starts the motor. Once the motor starts to run,
the ID-run is finalized and the motor must be stopped from the frequency
drive panel.
After the ID-run, the frequency drive must be put in remote control again.
Note: in some cases the ID-run is not performed correctly from the first
time. (Especially the ambient temperature is below 0 degree celcius). This
can be discovered when frequency drive fails at start up.
In this case the ID-run must be repeated immediately.

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

page 19
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

4. WORKING REFERENCE 
Following scheme shows the different operating modes of the separator:

Power on.
From all modes at
fault condition
Stand still
Blocked From all modes

Start Stop
Blocked
Standby

Water test

Holding Production CIP 2 CIP water

Liquid seal Discharge 1 Discharge 2


sequence (small) (large)

CIP = Cleaning In Place

Mode automatically generated by the system:


Mode automatically generated or manually by operator:

Note: Discharge 2 (large) is not accessible from production and CIP2


Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 20
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

4.1. POWER ON/ STAND STILL
Before power on all equipment is deactivated.
After turning on the power, the separation system passes the Stop mode and
ends up in Stand Still after detection of 0 rpm’s (rotations per minute) during a
time period that is depending on the setting of parameter 2. In case parameter 2
is set on speed, the separator goes to Stand Still in T52 sec, in case parameter 2
is on timer (stop); the separator stops in T51 sec.
The cold and hot service water valves, 300AV002 and 300AV009, are closed.
All other automatic controlled valves are as well closed. 220AV001
is disabled, i.e. the backpressure is removed.

From Stand Still it is possible to Start the separation system if no start blocking
conditions are active. If a start blocking is active (at certain faults in the system,
see chapter “Alarm management”) the system will not leave the Stand Still
mode. Instead, the system is blocked in a sub-mode “Starting Blocked”, until
the alarm has been reset. Only if all Starting conditions are fulfilled, the
operator can start the system.

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 21
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

4.2. START-UP

The Start sequence should run with speed supervision. This means that certain
operations are automatically initiated at certain speed values.
Below you will find the normal speed supervised sequence described first.

Note: Timer control is automatically switched in if the speed indication system


fails when the separator is running and has already left the start mode. In such a
case timer control will be in force until the system has gone to Stand Still.

Start with speed supervision

When the operator presses the START pushbutton, the message “STARTING”
is indicated on the main menu of the control panel. The separator motor begins
to run.
At the same time the main valves for service water (both cold and hot, 300AV002
and 300AV009 are opened. This will supply cooling water for lubrication oil and
for cooling of the separator jacket. The feed sealing water valve, 300AV007, is
open to supply water for lubrication of the sealing at the feed inlet.
Backpressure valve 220AV001
is activated to keep the backpressure in the outlet line constant.

At Starting, the bowl speed increases slowly. If the speed does not reach 10 %
of the nominal speed set in P17, within a time period set in P110, the system
goes to stop and an alarm is given.(A07 : Acceleration slow).

When the speed reaches x % (set in P95) of the nominal speed, the operating
water valve, AV375, is opened. This will close the bowl.

Speed recovery will take place when the speed reaches 95 % (set in P18) of the
nominal speed and the motor goes below P14 Amps. If this condition does not
occur within P112 seconds, an alarm is given (A09 Time out speed recovery; in
this case, the STOP mode is automatically generated).
In case of speed recovery, the speed increases further within a time period of
P113 (Speed recovery time). After this time period the system automatically
enters the Standby mode.

The start up, the start sequence can always be interrupted by the operator by
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

pushing the STOP pushbutton.

Timer controlled start (without speed supervision)

For safety reason, the system does not allow start-up without speed supervision,
hence “timer controlled” is blocked by P2. The timer control is only introduced
automatically for stop the system in case there is a speed fault.

. . page 22
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

Used parameters
Px Init. Value Description
002 Speed Speed supervision; Speed or Timer;
Timer enables with following alarms:
A05 “Speed system fault 1”
A008 “Low speed” is initiated.
A10 “High speed”
014 28 A Maximum current for speed recovery
017 1470 rpm Separator motor constant Speed
018 95 % Relative speed for speed recovery
095 95 % Opening operating water at x % of max. speed during
starting
110 120 s Delay time activation alarm A07 “ slow acceleration of
separator”
112 420 s Delay time for speed recovery in case that speed
supervision is not active / Maximum time to reach speed
recovery in case speed supervision is active
113 30 s Speed recovery time before entering standby mode

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 23
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

4.3. STAND BY

In Stand By mode the separator is running at full speed.

The valves for hot and cold service water are open (300AV002 and 300AV009)
The operating water valve is opened within certain time periods and the feed
sealing water valve, 300AV007, is open. The valves for the sludge channel flush
and the under bowl flush are closed. (300AV004 and 300AV005)
The centrizoom is in its inner position. If the bowl is fed with process liquid, the
liquid interface between the light and heavy phases will be established.

From Stand By mode, the operator can go to Stop mode by pressing the STOP
push button. The operator can also select any of following modes: Water Test;
Production; Holding; CIP Water or CIP 2.

Note: CIP 2 mode is only available if parameter P6=1.


Used parameters
Px Init. Value Description
006 Enabled Enable CIP2; disabled or enabled

4.4. WATER TEST

The Water Test mode is used to warm up the separation system before
production. It can also be used for testing of the system.

The mode works like the Stand By mode, but the safety water valve, 300AV001
is open. The centrizoom is in its inner position.

If the system has not leaved the Water Test mode within a time period set in
P173, an alarm is given (A33: Time out Water Test) and the system
automatically switches to Stand By mode.

By pressing either of the buttons for DISCHARGE 1 or DISCHARGE 2 the


operator can initiate manually one of the two discharge sequences.

From Water Test mode, the operator can go to Stop mode by pressing the STOP
pushbutton. The operator can also select any of following modes: Stand By or
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

CIP Water.

Used parameters
Px Init. Value Description
173 3600 s Max. running time in water test mode

. . page 24
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

4.5. PRODUCTION

When the operator switches the system to production, the Centrizoom goes to
its production position.

The valves for hot and cold service water are open (300AV002 and 300AV009).
The feed sealing water valve, 300AV007, is open if P5=0. In case P5=1, 300AV007
is closed (this is to save water). The sludge channel flush valve and the under
bowl flush valve are closed. (300AV004 and 300AV005). At entering of the
Production mode, the discharge interval timer P170 starts to run.

In Production mode, the sequences for Discharge 1 and for liquid seal sequence
are automatically initiated.(see below). The Discharge 1 sequence can as well
manually be initiated by pressing the Discharge 1 pushbutton.

From Production mode, the operator can go to Stop mode by pressing the STOP
pushbutton. The operator can also select any of following modes: Stand By or
Holding.

Used parameters
Px Init. Value Description
005 Disabled Close feed sealing water
(valve 300AV007) during production mode and hold mode;
disabled (open) ; enabled (closed)
170 600 s Discharge interval time during production

Discharge 1 During Production mode, sludge accumulates in the periphery of the separator
bowl. The sludge has to be discharged at certain intervals through the sludge
outlet. The discharge sequence is initiated when the discharge interval timer set
in P170 has elapsed, or when the Discharge1 button is pressed by the operator.

The discharge cycle time is set in P121 and consists of:


• Disabling of alarm A31: “LP (light phase) pressure low”during the
whole discharge sequence.
• Resetting of the discharge timer.
• A short sludge channel flush, to wet the sludge channel, and under bowl
flush, to clean the inside of the frame top part.
• Adjustment of the liquid interface by moving of the Centrizoom to its
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

inner position to avoid a liquid seal break during a time period defined
in P128. At the beginning of the discharge cycle the Centrizoom remains
in its production position for a time period defined in P127. Then the
Centrizoom is moved to its inner position. When the time period defined
in P128 has elapsed, the Centrizoom returns to production.
• Activation of the operating water valve AV375 for a period of P145
seconds, this after a time delay of P143 seconds.
• Activation of the discharge signal for a period of P123 seconds, this
after a time delay of P122 seconds. Note: it is important that the

. . page 25
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

operating water valve is already opened before activation of the
discharge signal, and that it remains open during the discharge
activation period. In this case, activation of the discharge signal will
open the bowl and the discharge takes places.
• The cycle ends with a number of sludge channel and under bowl
flushing cycles depending of the time period defined in P125 and P126.

Note: in case P28 is set to one, the air pressure towards the backpressure valve
220AV001
is removed until a time period of P129 has elapsed.

A new discharge cycle will be initiated P170 seconds after finalisation of the
discharge cycle or if the operator presses the DISCHARGE 1 button.

Please find below the graphical layout of the different Discharge 1 sequences:

Discharge duration : P121 seconds


P123
P122
P125 P125 P125
P124 P126 P126 P126

P128
P127

P145
P143

P129

Used parameters
Px Init. Value Description
121 60 s Length of small discharge cycle
122 10 s Delay of activation small discharge
123 2s Length of discharge activation small discharge
124 0s Delay of sludge flush activation during small discharge
cycle
125 5s Length of sludge flush during small discharge
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

126 40 s Length of sludge flush pause during small discharge cycle


127 8s Delay before Centrizoom interface adjustment during small
discharge cycle
128 20 s Length of interface adjustment during small discharge cycle
129 20 s Length of 220AV001
depressurization during small discharge cycle
143 5s Delay on activation operating water valve during small
discharge
145 5s Length of activation operating water valve
AV375 during small discharge

. . page 26
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

Liquid seal If the liquid seal is broken, the light phase will leave the separator through the
sequence heavy phase outlet. This can be detected by low pressure in the light phase
outlet. When this occurs during production (or Holding) alarm A31: “LP
pressure Low” will automatically be initiated after P182 sec.

The sequence insists of the following steps:

At start of Production or Holding mode, activation of alarm A31: “LP pressure


Low” is disabled for a period of P184 seconds (typically 3 minutes) to allow the
liquid seal to build up.

After Elapsing of the blocking time P184, at occurrence of A31: “LP pressure
Low”, the Centrizoom paring tubes are moved to their inner position, this to
build up the heavy phase volume again.

The feed pump interlock signal is activated.

Opening of the safety water valve, 300AV001, to inject heavy phase (hot water)
into the bowl after P141 seconds.

Note: If the feed pump interlock is used to stop the feed pump, a pushbutton
should be used to restart the pump.

On a standard machine, the separator will switch to standby after a time period
of P140 seconds. For some customers, it is not allowed to enter the standby
mode due to routing related problems. In that case, it is possible to lock the
standby mode by Setting of P90. In this particular case the machine stays in
production mode.

Used parameters
Px Init. Value Description
140 60 s Length of liquid seal sequence
141 5s Delay of hot water introduction
090 0 Lock standby mode
184 180 s Blocking time A31 “LP (light phase) pressure low” when
entering production mode Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 27
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

4.6. HOLDING

The Holding mode works exactly the same way as the Production mode, except
that there are no automatic timer controlled discharges in the Holding mode.
The Centrizoom is in its Production position.

The Holding mode is meant to be used in one of following situations:

• No real Production mode is active and the system is warming up.


• A temporarily stop on the Process, with holding the system in the same
state for a short time period.
• Going into Holding mode has no effect on other process valves than
those found in the Piping & Instrument diagram Switching of other
valves must be done manually or from another control system.

In Holding mode the Liquid seal sequence may be automatically initiated (on
alarm A31: “LP pressure low” and parameter P27=1).

In Holding mode, both discharges modes can be manually initiated.

From Holding mode, you can go to Stop, Standby or Production mode.

Used parameters
Px Init. Value Description
027 Enabled Liquid seal sequence; enabled or disabled

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 28
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

4.7. CIP WATER

CIP Water (Cleaning in place with Water) mode is used for cleaning of the
separator. In This mode the service water valves (300AV002 & 300AV009), the
operating water valve, AV375, the feed sealing water valve, 300AV007, and the
safety water valve, 300AV001, are open. The Centrizoom is in its inner position.
The feed pump interlock is activated at the beginning of the CIP Water mode.
Automatic large discharges are done with intervals according to the time period
defined in P171.

In CIP Water mode, Discharges can be manually initiated via a pushbutton.

From CIP Water mode, you can go to Stop, Standby or Water test mode.

Used parameters
Px Init. Value Description
171 180 s Discharge interval during CIP water

Discharge 2 During CIP Water mode, discharges are automatically initiated with intervals
according to the in P171 defined time period, or when the operator presses the
Discharge2 button.

The discharge cycle time is set in P131 and consists of:


• Disabling of alarm A31: “LP (light phase) pressure low”during the
whole discharge sequence.
• Resetting of the discharge timer.
• A short sludge channel flush, to wet the sludge channel, and under bowl
flush, to clean the inside of the frame top part.
• Adjustment of the liquid interface by moving of the Centrizoom to its
inner position to avoid a liquid seal break during a time period defined
in P138. At the beginning of the discharge cycle the Centrizoom remains
in its production position for a time period defined in P137. Then the
Centrizoom is moved to its inner position. When the time period defined
in P138 has elapsed, the Centrizoom returns to production.
• Activation of the operating water valve AV375 for a period of P146
seconds, this after a time delay of P145 seconds.
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

• Activation of the discharge signal for a period of P133 seconds, this


after a time delay of P132 seconds. Note: it is important that the
operating water valve is already opened before activation of the
discharge signal, and that it remains open during the discharge
activation period. In this case, activation of the discharge signal will
open the bowl and the discharge takes places.
• The cycle ends with a number of sludge channel and under bowl
flushing cycles depending of the time period defined in P135 and P136.

. . page 29
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

Note: in case P28 is set to one, The air pressure towards the backpressure valve
220AV001
• is removed until a time period of P139 has elapsed.
• A new discharge cycle will be initiated P171 seconds after finalisation
of the discharge cycle or if the operator presses the DISCHARGE 2
button.

Please find below the graphical layout of the Discharge 2 sequence :

Discharge duration : P131 seconds


P133
P132
P135 P135 P135
P134 P136 P136 P136

P138
P137

P146
P144

P139

Used parameters
Px Init. Value Description
131 60 s Length of large discharge cycle
132 10 s Delay of activation large discharge
133 2s Length of discharge activation large discharge
134 0s Delay of sludge flush activation during large discharge
cycle
135 5s Length of sludge flush during large discharge
136 40 s Length of sludge flush pause during large discharge cycle
137 0s Delay before Centrizoom interface adjustment during large
discharge cycle
138 30 s Length of interface adjustment during large discharge cycle
139 20 s Length of 220AV001
depressurization during large discharge cycle
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

144 5s Delay on activation operating water valve during large


discharge
146 5s Length of activation operating water valve
AV375 during large discharge
171 180 s Discharge interval during CIP water

. . page 30
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

4.8. CIP 2

CIP 2 mode is only available if parameter P6 is set to 1.

CIP 2 (Cleaning in place 2) mode is also used for cleaning of the separator. In
this mode the service water valves (300AV002 & 300AV009), the operating water
valve, AV375, and the feed sealing water valve, 300AV007, are open. There is no
safety water. The Centrizoom is in its inner position. The feed pump interlock is
activated at the beginning of the CIP 2 mode. Automatic small discharges are
done with intervals according to the time period defined in P172.
(P172 controls the time between the starting of consecutive discharge cycles.)
Detergent solution is supposed to be feed to the separator.

In CIP 2 mode, only the discharge 1 can be initiated, either manually by the
operator, either automatically within a time interval of P172 seconds.

From CIP 2 mode, you can go to Stop or Standby mode.

Used parameters
Px Init. Value Description
172 600 s Discharge interval during CIP2

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 31
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

4.9. STOP

The Stop mode is normally controlled using “speed supervision”. This means
that certain operations are automatically initiated at certain speed levels.

If parameter P2 is set to 0, timers control the stop sequence. This can be used if
the speed indication system does not work.

Below you will find the normal speed supervised sequence described first.

Note: Timer control is automatically switched in (as if parameter P2 had been


changed) if the speed indication system fails when the separator is running. In
such a case: timer control will be in force until the system has gone to
StandStill.

Used parameters
Px Init. Value Description
002 Speed Speed supervision; Speed or Timer;
Timer enables with following alarms:
A05 “Speed system fault 1”
A008 “Low speed” is initiated.
A10 “High speed”

Speed
controlled stop When you press the STOP pushbutton the display indicates, “Stop”.
Stop means that the separator mode is deactivated. The brake is activated. The
service water valves (300AV002 & 300AV009) and the feed sealing water valve,
300AV007, are open. There is no safety water.

The Centrizoom is in its inner position.

The feed pump interlock is activated at the beginning of the Stop mode. The
supervision functions are still activated. The bowl speed is decreasing. All flush
valves are closed, but discharge sequences can manually be initiated by pressing
the corresponding buttons.

By selecting the Safety Water function (pushing of K9 button), you can turn on
safety water during the Stop sequence. This may be desirable if the bowl starts
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

to vibrate. The operator can deselect the Safety water function, by pressing the
same function button again. The safety water is then turned off.

In Stop mode, you may restart the system by pressing the START pushbutton,
as long as start blocking is not active.

When the speed has decreased to 85 % of the nominal speed, the operating
water valve is closed.

. . page 32
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

When no speed pulses are detected for a time period of P152 seconds, The
separator modes is switched from Stop mode to Standstill and the brake is
released. All automatic controlled water valves are closed.

Timer When there is no speed supervision in Stop mode, the operating water will be
controlled stop turned off after a time period off P150 seconds. When the Stop period has taken
P151 seconds the separator mode will switch to Stand Still. At that moment the
service water is turned off.

If for some reason the separator has stopped long before the time period of P151
seconds, you may want to turn off the service water as soon as possible.
Alfa Laval recommends doing this manually by closing the water valves
300V001 and 300V002.

Used parameters
Px Init. Value Description
150 300 s Time to deactivation of operating water in stop mode
151 1200 s Max stop time with timer control

Emergency The Emergency Stop alarm (A17) is activated when the EMERGENCY STOP
Stop button is pressed. The system automatically switches to Stop when this
happens. Safety water is also turned on (valve 300AV001 is opened) for a time
period of P174 seconds.

The system can not be restarted before the EMERGENCY STOP button is
released.
Used parameters
Px Init. Value Description
174 200 s Length of hot water activation after emergency stop or
vibration shut down alarm

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 33
Alfa Laval Corporate AB

5. OPERATOR INTERFACE 

The operator interface consists of:


 Touch screen
 A set of soft keys F1… F14
 A set of system keys K1… K18 with led indication
 A set of navigation buttons (arrows) for moving to input fields
 A numeric keyboard
 Buttons “Enter” to validate a new value entry, “Escape” to reject the new
value.
Note: when no value is entered, these buttons act as navigation buttons
between the menus.
 A button “Ack” for acknowledging alarms (CF Chapter 7, “Alarm
management“)

The function of the soft keys F1 – F14 depends on the working mode of the
separator at the time, and on the menu selected by the operator, and will
always be displayed on the left and right side of the screen.
The soft keys which do not have a function assigned are not operatable in the
respective mode or displayed menu.

The soft keys F1-F18 have fixed functions regardless of the active Menu, as
listed below:

 F1 : Small discharge
 F2 : Big discharge
 F8 : Go back one page
 F13: Go Back one page
 F14: Forwards one page
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 34
Alfa Laval Corporate AB

The Function keys K1-K18 have fixed functions regardless of the active
Menu, as listed below:

 K8 (led indication): Feed pump interlock


 K9 (led indication): Safety water valve
 K10 (led indication): System running

 K1 (button handling): Language changing


 K2 (button handling): Parameters
 K11(button handling): Alarm report
 K18(button handling): Ack

Screen overview For a complete overview of all screens, CF Appendix A: “Screen overview”

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 35
Alfa Laval Corporate AB

6. List of activation 

6.1. Activation of components in the different program


modes

You will find a verbal explanation of this diagram in chapter 4, WORKING


REFERENCE .

Operation mode 300AV001 300AV002 300AV004 300AV005 300AV007 300AV009

NO = open in rest NC NO NC NC NO NC

NC = closed in rest

Stand still •
Start •
Stand by ∗∗ ∗∗ •
Water Test • ∗∗ ∗∗ •
Production * ∗∗ ∗∗ ♠ •
Holding * ∗∗ ∗∗ ♠ •
CIP Water • ∗∗ ∗∗ •
CIP 2 ∗∗ ∗∗ •
Stop ♥ ∗∗ ∗∗ •

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 36
Alfa Laval Corporate AB

Operation mode AV375 OWM air 220AV001 Feed pump Valve
pressure interlock centrizoom
supply signal (PX55 and
backpressure PX55-EX)
valve

NO = open in rest NC NO

NC = closed in rest

Stand still D
Start ♣ • D

Stand by ♣ ∗∗ ♣♣
Water Test ♣ ∗∗ ♣♣
Production ♣ ∗∗ ♣♣ ∅ −
Holding ♣ ∗∗ ♣♣ ∅ −
CIP Water ♣ ∗∗ ♣♣ ♦
CIP 2 ♣ ∗∗ ♣♣ ♦
Stop ♣ ∗∗ ♦

• Equipment activated.
♦ Signal “feed pump interlock”deactivated at beginning of mode.
♥ Valve can be operated in the stop sequence by selecting the “Safety water” function on the operator’s
panel. The valve is opened for P174 seconds when alarm A17: “Emergency Stop” or A03: “Vibration
shutdown” is activated.
♠ Valve is only activated if P5 is set to 1.
♣ At discharge:
After delay of P143 (small)/P144(large), valve is activated during P145(small)/P146(large)
In between discharges: (during startup only when speed > 95% of nom speed)
Pause/pulse: Every P187 seconds, the valve is opened during P188 seconds.
Pause/pulse activation disabled at starting when P096 = 1
Pause/pulse activation disabled at starting & standby when P096 = 2
D Signal “feed pump interlock”deactivated when mode active.
∅ Signal “feed pump interlock”deactivated at beginning of Liquid seal sequence, which may be initiated by
the alarmA31: “LP pressure low” If P27=1.(The sequence ends up in Stand by mode.
* Valve will be opened according to the liquid seal sequence on alarm A31: “LP pressure low” and
parameter P27=1.
** Valve activated according to the discharge program. (See Discharge handling description in this manual.
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

♣♣Valve activated according to the discharge program. Accept if Backpressure control is not allowed during
discharge. (See Discharge handling description in this manual.
- Means normally activated in the selected modes. When the centrizoom is not activated, it is in its inner
position. When activated in Production or Holding, it goes to the production position, which has been set
manually on the centrizoom. When the Liquid Seal sequence is active, the centrizoom goes to its inner
position. The centrizoom goes as well to its inner position during a certain time period at discharge (P128
DCH1/P138 DCH2), after this it returns to its production position. The positioning of the centrizoom to its
inner position during discharge is delayed by a short time period (P127 DCH1/P128 DCH2).

. . page 37
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

7. Alarm management 

7.1. Resetting & acknowledging of alarms

Monitoring of The separator and its auxiliary equipment are supervised by the control system. An
alarms error is detected if one of the system components does not function as assigned. At
detection of an error, an alarm is initiated.

Alarm At occurrence of a new alarm, the alarm lamp starts flashing on the control panel.
Indication The alarm window will appear on the screen, and alarm icon will be always visible in
the main screen.

The alarms are shown in the alarm screen on the Operator Panel. The alarm screen
will pop-up at occurrence of any new alarm. This screen can be left after
acknowledging of the alarm(s).
If several alarms occur simultaneously they are placed in a queue. The message for
the most recent alarm will be displayed at the top of the screen.

Remote alarm messages:

A digital signal will be activated when an alarm occurs.


If the installation is linked to another supervision system with a field bus, the status of
the alarms can be interrogated individually.

Acknowledge Acknowledging of an alarm consists in notifying the PLC that the operator is
of alarms informed of the presence of a new alarm.
Acknowledging of alarms is done with the button “Ack” on the local operator panel.
An acknowledged alarm is still an active alarm: it is just moved to the list of “known”
alarms.
The alarm will only disappear from the list of alarms after successful resetting.

An alarm is only removed from the list of alarms if it is both acknowledged!

An alarm can only be reset after removal of the error causing the alarm. Resetting of
Reset of the alarm happens with the K18 button on the operator panel, or via remote
alarms communication via field bus.
Please do not confound acknowledging of alarms (which doesn’t remove the alarm as
such), and reset of alarms.
An alarm will not be removed from the alarm list after resetting, even if it is not
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

present anymore, unless it is also acknowledged.

After reset of all alarms, the LED button K18 will extinguish.
If all reset alarms are also acknowledged, the LED will extinguish.

Alarm actions According to the risks involved with the alarm, the separator can switch to another
production mode automatically, in order to secure the installation receiving no
damage. (CF chapter 4, WORKING REFERENCE ).

. . page 38
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

7.2. List of alarms

A02 Vibration prewarning


A03 Vibration shutdown

Vibration When the separator is running, the measured vibration is steadily compared with two
monitoring levels.
If the measured vibration is exceeding the low level, the alarm A02 “Vibration
prewarning” is initiated.
If the measured vibration is exceeding the high level, the alarm A03 “Vibration
shutdown” is initiated. Hot water will be injected for P174 seconds

During discharging, the monitoring of the vibration is suspended for a pre-set period.
(Parameter).

Possible alarm causes :

• Accumulation of sediment
• Wrong Assembly
• Bearing failure (A03 “Vibration shutdown”)

The measured vibrations are typically very low level at start up, increasing during
acceleration, reaching a peak in a certain speed range, after which they again reduce to
a normal level.
In order to cope with this vibration peak during start up, the monitoring ceases during
“speed blocks”: When the rotation speed is in between the limits of the speed block, a
different set of detection levels is used.
To handle possible machine related peaks during the stop sequence, similar “speed
blocks” are implemented as well.

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 39
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
Automatic actions
A02 “Vibration prewarning” and A03 “Vibration shutdown” will lock the access to
start mode.
A03 “Vibration shutdown” will cause the machine to trip to Safety-stop mode.

Advised actions to solve the problem


A02 “Vibration prewarning” :
• Manually trigger two small discharges
• Flush with hot water and trigger 2 large discharges
• Perform Detergent CIP (CIP2) if possible
• Check assembly/ clean bowl

Parameters:
Px Init. Value Description
003 Enabled Vibration supervision; Enabled or Disabled; setting Disabled
disables following alarms:
A02 “Vibration prewarning”
A03 “Vibration shutdown”
A24 “Vibration sensor fault”
061 6 mm/s Vibration level “vibration pre-warning A02 alarm” during start up
between
0 rpm and speed 1.
062 9 mm/s Vibration level “vibration shut down A03 alarm” during start up
between
0 rpm and speed 1.
063 6 mm/s Vibration level “vibration pre-warning A02 alarm” during start up
between speed 1 and speed 2.
064 9 mm/s Vibration level “vibration shut down A03 alarm” during start up
between speed 1 and speed 2.
065 6 mm/s Vibration level “vibration pre-warning A02 alarm” during start up
between speed 2 and max speed.
066 9 mm/s Vibration level “vibration shut down A03 alarm” during start up
between speed 2 and max speed.
067 6 mm/s Vibration level “vibration pre-warning A02 alarm” during stop
between 0 rpm and speed 1.
068 9 mm/s Vibration level “vibration shut down A03 alarm” during stop
between 0 rpm and speed 1.
069 6 mm/s Vibration level “vibration pre-warning A02 alarm” during stop
between
speed 1 and speed 2.
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

070 9 mm/s Vibration level “vibration shut down A03 alarm” during stop
between
speed 1 and speed 2.
071 6 mm/s Vibration level “vibration pre-warning A02 alarm” during stop
between
speed 2 and max speed.
072 9 mm/s Vibration level “vibration shut down A03 alarm” during stop
between
speed 2 and max speed.
174 200 s Length of hot water activation after emergency stop or vibration
shut down alarm
180 25 s Blocking time A02, A03, A14 during discharge sequence
. . page 40
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 

A05 Speed system fault

Speed The spindle in the speed transmission system is executed with a number of grooves.
monitoring A proximity switch (ST741) detects the passing by of these grooves at every revolution
of the spindle, creating thus a pulse-train with a frequency relative to the rotation speed
of the bowl.
The alarm is not monitored in Stand Still mode or Stop modes.

If after starting the separator, and within 30 seconds of the start, the frequency of the
pulses is still 0 Hz, the alarm A05 “Speed system fault 1” is initiated. The alarm is only
initiated in case P002 “Speed supervision” is enabled.

Possible alarm causes:

• Wrongly connected or assembled speed sensor


• Broken sensor or cables

Automatic actions
A05 “Speed system fault 1” locks the access to Start mode.
A05 “Speed system fault 1” means the installation has no feedback anymore of the
actual machine speed. The machine will be switched to stop mode if the machine is in
start-up mode.
In case of speed system fault, the stop sequence will be time scheduled, since no
reliable speed signal is available anymore.
Restarting will be impossible for the complete duration of the timer.

Advised actions to solve the problem


If the separator was running, check the electric wiring of the speed sensor ST741. If the
separator refused to run, verify why it did not start.
Px Init. Value Description
002 Speed Speed supervision; Speed or Timer;
Timer enables with following alarms:
A05 “Speed system fault 1”
A008 “Low speed” is initiated.
A10 “High speed”
151 1200 s Max stop time with timer control
153 400s A05 (optional A06 (if installed ) “speed fault “ supervision time
during stop sequence
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 41
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A07 Slow acceleration

If after 30 seconds from starting the separator, the speed has not reached a threshold
speed, the alarm A07 “Slow acceleration” is initiated.
The alarm is only monitored during starting mode.

Possible alarm causes:


• Speed sensor fault
• Voltage fault
• Motor fault
• Leaking bowl

Automatic actions
A07 “Slow acceleration” will cause the machine to stop.

Advised actions to solve the problem


• After maintenance: check mechanical assembly and cable connections
• Contact electrician

Parameters:
Px Init. Value Description
002 Speed Speed supervision; Speed or Timer;
Timer enables with following alarms:
A05 “Speed system fault 1”
A008 “Low speed” is initiated.
A10 “High speed”
016 1 pulses Speed Sensor pulses per revolution
017 1470 rpm Separator motor constant Speed
019 4160 Gear ratio motor --> bowl;
Motor =1000; Bowl= Gear ratio x 1000
110 120 s Delay time activation alarm A07 “ slow acceleration of separator”

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 42
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A08 Low Speed

This alarm is monitored starting from speed recovery till beginning of a Stop mode.
If during a time period P183, the measured speed is lower than the alarm threshold,
alarm A008 “Low speed” is initiated.

Possible alarm causes:


• Speed sensor fault
• Voltage fault
• Motor fault
• Leaking bowl
• High (wrong) value in P17, nominal speed

Advised actions to solve the problem


• Check speed indicator
• Check if current is high
• Check for leakages
• Check P17, Nominal speed
• Check sensor connection
• Contact electrician
Parameters:
Px Init. Value Description
002 Speed Speed supervision; Speed or Timer;
Timer enables with following alarms:
A05 “Speed system fault 1”
A008 “Low speed” is initiated.
A10 “High speed”
017 1470 rpm Separator motor constant Speed
018 95 % Relative speed for speed recovery
183 10 s Standard long delay timer

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 43
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A09 Start Time too long
The alarm speed can be monitored in two way’s:

a) speed supervision monitoring is enabled

When the separator reaches a speed threshold, mode speed recovery is activated in case
current supervision is not enabled or if the amperage has dropped below the maximum
current for speed recovery and current supervision is enabled.
The threshold for speed recovery is calculated as a percentage of the nominal speed of
the separator.
If speed recovery mode is not activated within a preset delay, alarm A09 “Start time
too long” will be initiated after elapsing of the short alarm time (P181).

b) speed supervision monitoring is disabled

When the maximum time to reach speed recovery mode is activated, mode speed
recovery is activated in case current supervision is not enabled or if the amperage has
dropped below the maximum current for speed recovery and current supervision is
enabled.
If speed recovery mode is not activated within a preset delay, alarm A09 “Start time
too long” will be initiated.

The alarm is only monitored during starting mode.

Possible alarm causes:


• In case of speed supervision:
bowl speed has not reached recovery speed (P18) or motor current has not gone
below P14 Amps within P112 seconds.
• In case of time supervision:
Current has not gone below P14 Amps between T112 seconds
• In all cases
- Too short time period defined for P112 (maximum starting time)
- The bowl flush water valve or the top flush water valve have been open during
start and have slown down he bowl speed or loaded the motor reslting in higher
Amps
- Too low value for P14, max current consumption to switch to recovery
- Speed sensor fault
- Voltage fault
- Wrong assembly
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

Automatic actions
A09 “Start time too long” will cause the machine to stop.

. . page 44
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
Advised actions to solve the problem

• After maintenance: check mechanical assembly and cable connections


• Check timer P112, Maximum time to recovery
• Check parameter P14, Max current for recovery
• Contact electrician

Parameters:
Px Init. Value Description
001 Enabled Current Supervision; Enabled or Disabled; setting Disabled disables
following alarms:
A14 “Current / Torque high”
A15 “Discharge too large”
A16 “Discharge too small”
002 Speed Speed supervision; Speed or Timer;
Timer enables with following alarms:
A05 “Speed system fault 1”
A008 “Low speed” is initiated.
A10 “High speed”
014 28 A Maximum current for speed recovery
017 1470 rpm Separator motor constant Speed
018 95 % Relative speed for speed recovery
112 420 s Delay time for speed recovery in case that speed supervision is not
active / Maximum time to reach speed recovery in case speed
supervision is active
181 2s Standard short delay timer

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 45
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A10 High Speed

If the measured speed is exceeding the alarm threshold, after elapsing P183 seconds
delay the alarm A10 “High speed” is initiated.
The alarm is not monitored in Stand Still mode or Stop modes.

Possible alarm causes:


• Speed signal fault
• Low (wrong) value in P17 (nominal speed)

Automatic actions
A10 “High speed” locks the access to Start mode.
A10 “High speed” will cause the machine to trip to stop mode.

Advised actions to solve the problem


• Let motor cool down
• Disassemble machine to find cause
• Check sensor connection
• Contact electrician

Parameters:
Px Init. Value Description
002 Speed Speed supervision; Speed or Timer;
Timer enables with following alarms:
A05 “Speed system fault 1”
A008 “Low speed” is initiated.
A10 “High speed”
017 1470 rpm Separator motor constant Speed
183 10 s Standard long delay timer

A11 Too Low Flow

If too low flow is detected on Flow switch FS001 and this at the moment that the
frequency drive is running, the alarm A11 “Too Low Flow” alarm is generated on the
operator display.
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

Possible alarm causes:


• Too Low Flow
• Fault in wiring flow switch or Flow switch broken.

. . page 46
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A12 Line contactor fault

The alarm A12 “Line contactor fault” will be initiated when the there is no response
from the line contactor when the run signal of the frequency drive is high.

Possible alarm causes:


• Too frequent starts of separator (overload line contactor)
• Too low Amp setting on Line contactor
• Line contactor mall functioning

Automatic actions:
A12 “Line contactor fault” locks the access to Start mode.
A12 “Line contactor fault” will cause the separator trip to stop-mode.

Advised actions to solve the problem


• Contact Electrician

Px Init. Value Description


181 2s Standard short delay timer

A13 Frequency drive fault

If the separator is not in standstill mode, and the frequency drive gives a fault messages
at the moment that the separator is in running mode, alarm A13 “Frequency drive fault”
is initiated.
The alarm is not monitored in Stand Still.

Possible alarm causes:


• Leaking bowl
• Sludge accumulation in bowl casing
• Too frequent starts of separator (overload frequency drive)
• Frequency drive fault e.g. motor temp. fault

Automatic actions
A13 “Frequency drive fault” locks the access to start mode.
A13 “Frequency drive fault” will cause the separator to trip to stop.

Advised actions to solve the problem


Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

• Let motor cool down


• Disassemble machine to find case
• Contact Electrician
• Check alarm message on the frequency drive, reset the alarm on the freq drive
after solving of the problem.

Parameters:
Px Init. Value Description
181 2s Standard short delay timer

. . page 47
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A14 Current / Torque high

This alarm is monitored during Standby, Water Test, Holding, Production, CIP2 or CIP
Water. At start of discharge it is blocked.
If the measured power consumption during production or CIP exceeds a maximal limit,
the alarm A14 “Current / Torque high” is given.

Possible alarm causes:


• Voltage fault
• Motor fault
• Leaking bowl
• Too low value in P13 (Maximum current during operation)

Advised actions to solve the problem


• Check cable connections
• Check P13, Maximum current during operation
• Check assembly
• Contact electrician

Parameters:
Px Init. Value Description
001 Enabled Current Supervision; Enabled or Disabled; setting Disabled disables
following alarms:
A14 “Current / Torque high”
A15 “Discharge too large”
A16 “Discharge too small”
010 100 A Motor current at full scale (20 mA)
013 34 A Maximum current during operation
180 25 s Blocking time A02, A03, A14 during discharge sequence
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 48
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A15 Discharge too large

At discharge from the centrifuge bowl, product at high speed generated from high
centrifugal velocity is ejected. This liquid is replaced by new incoming product, which
must be accelerated again to obtain the full peripheral velocity.
This acceleration process results in a significant increase of power consumption,
indicated in Amperes.
The alarm A15 “Discharge too large” is initiated if the current rise above a threshold
during the discharge cycle.
The alarm is monitored during Standby, Water Test, Holding, Production, CIP2 or CIP
Water.

Possible alarm causes:


• Too low value in P11, maximum current during discharge.
• Mechanical problem in discharge paring system

Advised actions to solve the problem


• Make a manual discharge
• Check P11, Maximum current rise during discharge
• Disassemble and check the discharge paring system

Parameters:
Px Init. Value Description
001 Enabled Current Supervision; Enabled or Disabled; setting Disabled disables
following alarms:
A14 “Current / Torque high”
A15 “Discharge too large”
A16 “Discharge too small”
011 35 A Maximum current rise during discharge

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 49
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A16 Discharge too small

At discharge from the centrifuge bowl, product at high speed generated from high
centrifugal velocity is ejected. This liquid is replaced by new incoming product, which
must be accelerated again to obtain the full peripheral velocity.
This acceleration process results in a significant increase of power consumption,
indicated in Amperes.
The alarm A16 “Discharge too small” is initiated if the current did not rise above a
threshold during the discharge cycle.
The alarm is monitored during Standby, Water Test, Holding, Production, CIP2 or CIP
Water.

Possible alarm causes:


• Too high value in P12, Minimum current rise during discharge
• No discharge water to connection 375 on the separator
• Mechanical problem in discharge paring system

Advised actions to solve the problem


• Make a manual discharge
• Check P12, Minimum current rise during discharge
• Check level in operating water tank and check the line to connection 375 on the
separator
• Disassemble and check the discharge paring system

Parameters:
Px Init. Value Description
001 Enabled Current Supervision; Enabled or Disabled; setting Disabled disables
following alarms:
A14 “Current / Torque high”
A15 “Discharge too large”
A16 “Discharge too small”
012 8A Minimum current rise during discharge
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 50
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A17 Emergency stop activated

Alarm initiated at activation of the Emergency Stop button.


Note: a power-cut will always lead to an Emergency Stop situation.

Possible alarm causes:


• Emergency stop push-button has been pressed

Automatic action:
A17 “Emergency Stop” will switch the starting or running separator to the Stop mode.

Advised actions to solve the problem:


• If the Emergency Stop Button was activated: after evaluation of the situation,
release the Emergency Stop Button.
Reload the Emergency Stop monitoring relay by pressing the “Reset E.S.”
button on the front door panel.

Parameter:
Px Init. Value Description
174 200 s Length of hot water activation after emergency stop or vibration
shut down alarm

A18 Cover Open

The cover of the separator is equipped with a position detection switch


(GS760). The alarm A18 “Cover open” is generated when this switch is open (= open
cover) at an attempt to run the machine.

This alarm is meant for personal protection of the operators.

Possible alarm causes:


• Frame hood not attached to frame top
• Signal fault

Automatic actions
A18 “Cover open” locks the access to the Start mode.
A18 “Cover open” will cause the machine to stop if running.
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

Advised actions to solve the problem


• Check the cover of the separator is closed in due way
• Check wiring of switch GS760. Check GS760
• Contact electrician

. . page 51
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A20 High discharge frequency

During production, a counter is incremented at every discharge.


The counter will be reset to zero if no new discharge is initiated within the “Minimal
discharge interval”, or at leaving production mode.
At too frequent discharging, the counter will not be reset.
When the counter value meets a threshold, alarm A20 “High discharge frequency” is
initiated.

Possible alarm causes:


• Too short interval time

Advised actions to solve the problem


• This alarm indicates either a bad discharging or (most common) a too high flow
rate for the solids load.
Reduce the production flow.

Parameters:
Px Init. Value Description
175 70 s Minimum discharge interval time
176 3 Number of discharges allowed before:
A20 “High discharge frequency”

A21 Low instrument air pressure

The alarm A21 “Low instrument air pressure fault” will be initiated at absence of
instrument air pressure (PS in pneumatic cabinet).

The alarm is not monitored in Stand Still.

Possible alarm causes:


• Pressure switch broken
• Wrongly connected pressure switch
• Cable broken
• Voltage fault
• Setting of pressure switch wrong

Automatic actions:
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

A21 “Low instrument air pressure fault” locks the access to start mode.

Advised actions to solve the problem


• Check pressure switch, connections and cables
• Check the air supply

Parameters:
Px Init. Value Description
182 5s Standard medium delay timer

. . page 52
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A22 Battery low in PLC

The PLC unit has a memory back-up battery that ensures the control program and
operating data are retained when the power supply to the units is turned off. The
batteries have a long lifetime. An exhausted battery is indicated by alarm message A22
“Battery low in PLC”, and that the LED BATF is lit.
The back-up battery should be changed as quickly as possible after the message is
displayed.

If you do not replace the batteries in time, and the power to the control system is turned
off because of any reason, the following will happen: the integral load memory on
EPROM will reset. This means that all default data are restored and that all customised
data (like alarm log, parameter adjustments and clock settings) will be lost!

Advised operator action


• Replace the battery in time in order to prevent any loss of data.
Note: to avoid data loss, the battery needs to be replaced while the control panel
provides power to the PLC.

A23 Current sensor fault

The alarm A23 “Current sensor fault” will be initiated when no 4-20 mA signal is
detected.

The alarm is monitored continuously!

Automatic actions:
alarm A23 “Current sensor fault” locks the access to start mode.
alarm A23 “Current sensor fault” will cause the separator to trip to stop in start mode.

Advised operator action


• Contact Electrician
• Check cable connection
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

Parameter:
Px Init. Value Description
001 Enabled Current Supervision; Enabled or Disabled; setting Disabled disables
following alarms:
A14 “Current / Torque high”
A15 “Discharge too large”
A16 “Discharge too small”

. . page 53
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A24 Vibration signal fault

The alarm A24 “Vibration sensor fault” will be initiated when no 4-20 mA signal is
detected or when the analog signal is out of range.

The alarm is monitored continuously!

Automatic actions:
A24 “Vibration sensor fault” locks the access to start mode.
A24 “Vibration sensor fault” will cause the separator to trip to stop in start mode.

Advised operator action


• Contact Electrician
• Check cable connections

Parameter:
Px Init. Value Description
003 Enabled Vibration supervision; Enabled or Disabled; setting Disabled
disables following alarms:
A02 “Vibration prewarning”
A03 “Vibration shutdown”
A24 “Vibration sensor fault”

A25 LP (light phase) pressure signal fault

The alarm A25 “LP pressure signal fault” will be initiated when for 220PIT001 no 4-20
mA signal is detected or when the analog signal is out of range.

The alarm is monitored continuously!

Automatic actions:
A25 “LP pressure signal fault” locks the access to start mode.
A25 “LP pressure signal fault” will cause the separator to trip to stop in start mode.

Advised operator action


• Contact Electrician
• Check cable connections

Parameter:
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

Px Init. Value Description


027 Enabled Liquid seal sequence; enabled or disabled

. . page 54
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A28 Centrizoom control failure

The alarm A28 “Centrizoom control failure” will be initiated when the measured
position off the centrizoom is more than 10 % out of position regarding to the
requested set point.

The alarm is monitored during starting, holding and production mode!

Automatic actions:
A28 “Centrizoom control failure” will cause the separator to trip to stop in start mode.

Advised operator action


• Clean and inspect the outlet parts
• Check positioner operation

Parameter:
Px Init. Value Description
035 40 % Centrizoom opening degree during production; this parameter is
direct accessible on the main operator display
185 30 s Centrizoom positioner fault delay

A30 LP (light phase) pressure high

The alarm A30 “LP (light phase) pressure high” will be initiated when the measured
pressure is higher than the pressure limit defined in P026 for at least P182 seconds.

The alarm is monitored during holding and production mode!

Possible alarm causes:


• LP flow path blocked
• Too high backpressure due to setting of backpressure valve
• Too low value in P26 (LP pressure high)

Advised operator action


• Check Light Phase flow path
• Check back pressure position
• Check setting of P26
• Contact Electrician
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

Parameter:
Px Init. Value Description
024 10.0 bar Light phase pressure at full scale (20mA)
026 4.0 bar A30 “LP (light phase) pressure high” pressure
182 5s Standard medium delay timer

. . page 55
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A31 LP (light phase) pressure low

The alarm A31 “LP (light phase) pressure low” will be initiated when the measured
pressure is lower than the pressure limit defined in P025 for at least P182 seconds.

The alarm is monitored during holding and production mode!


When entering one of these modes the alarm is blocked for a time period of
P184 seconds. The alarm is as well blocked during discharge sequences.

Possible alarm causes:


• Liquid seal break
• No feed
• Low back-pressure on V3
• Too high value in P25 (LP pressure low)

Automatic actions:
A31 “LP (light phase) pressure low” will cause the separator to trip to standby mode.
If P027 is set to one, the alarm will initiate a liquid seal sequence before entering the
standby mode.

Advised operator action


• Check P25 (LP pressure low)
• Check functionality of back pressure valve
• See Operation modes: Liquid seal sequence

Parameter:
Px Init. Value Description
024 10.0 bar Light phase pressure at full scale (20mA)
025 1.0 bar A31 “LP (light phase) pressure low” pressure
027 Enabled Liquid seal sequence; enabled or disabled
182 5s Standard medium delay timer

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 56
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A32 Water pressure low

The alarm A32 “Water pressure low” is initiated when no operating water pressure is
detected on 300PIS001 during a time period of P182 seconds.

The alarm is monitored continuously!

Possible alarm causes:


• Insufficient cold water supply
• Instrument fault
• Signal fault

Automatic actions:
A32 “Water pressure low” locks the access to start mode.
A32 “Water pressure low” will cause the separator to trip to stop in start mode.

Advised operator action


• Check cold water supply, especially the filter
• Check installation

Parameter:
Px Init. Value Description
182 5s Standard medium delay timer

A33 Time out water test

The alarm A33 “Time out water test” will be initiated when the time period of the
water test mode exceeds the predefined time period, which allows the separator to run
in water test mode.

The alarm is only monitored in the water test mode.

Possible alarm causes:


• The machine has been left a longer time than stipulated in P173 (Time limit
mode water test.

Automatic actions:
A33 “Time out water test” will cause the separator to trip to standby mode.
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

Advised operator action


• Check P173 (Time limit Water Test), adjust parameter when necessary.

Parameter:
Px Init. Value Description
173 3600 s Max. running time in water test mode

. . page 57
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A34 Bearing temp pre- warning
A35 Bearing shutdown

Bearing When the separator is running, the Bearing temperature is steadily compared with two
temp. levels.
monitoring If the Bearing temperature is exceeding the low level, the alarm A34 “Bearing
temperature pre- warning” is initiated.
If the measured temperature is exceeding the high level, the alarm A35 “Bearing
temperature shutdown” is initiated.

Possible alarm causes:


• Insufficient cold water supply
• Mechanical problem in the gear case

Automatic actions

A35 “Bearing temperature shutdown” will cause the machine to trip to stop mode.

Advised actions to solve the problem


• In all cases: Check cold water supply, especially the filter
• In case of shut down: Disassemble machine to find cause.

In case of A35 “Bearing temperature shutdown”; disassemble the machine to find the
cause.

Parameters:
Px Init. Value Description
029 Disabled Bearing temperature supervision; enabled or disabled
030 60 degree Bearing Temperature pre-warning (A34)

031 70degree Bearing Temperature shut down (A35)


Celsius
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 58
Alfa Laval Corporate AB 
A36 Gear temp. pre-warning
A37 Gear temp. shutdown

Gear temp. When the separator is running, the gear temperature is steadily compared with two
monitoring levels.
If the gear temperature is exceeding the low level, the alarm A36 “gear temperature
pre- warning” is initiated.
If the measured temperature is exceeding the high level, the alarm A37 “gear
temperature shutdown” is initiated.

Possible alarm causes:


• Insufficient cold water supply
• Mechanical problem in the gear case

Automatic actions

A37 “gear temperature shutdown” will cause the machine to trip to stop mode.

Advised actions to solve the problem


• In all cases: Check cold water supply, especially the filter
• In case of shut down: Disassemble machine to find cause.

In case of A37 “gear temperature shutdown”; disassemble the machine to find the
cause.

Parameters:
Px Init. Value Description
032 Disabled Gear temperature supervision; enabled or disabled
033 60 degree Gear Temperature shut down (A37)

034 70degree Gear Temperature shut down (A37)


Celsius
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 59

Alfa Laval Corporate AB

8. Configuration parameters: 

8.1. Parameter table


You will find instructions for parameter handling in Appendix A: “Screen
overview”, “(Parameter) Setup menu”.

8.1.1. Application parameters

The following parameters are related to the application in which the separator
is running the underlined parameters are to be double-checked by the
commissioning/ service engineering at start-up of the separator.

Parameter Denomination Value at Adjusted Comments/


Delivery Value Input range
P110 Delay time activation alarm A07 “ slow 120 s 0 –> 240 s
acceleration of separator”
P111 Delay time to activate operating water in 450 s 120 –> 600 s
case that speed supervision is not active
P112 Delay time for speed recovery in case that 420 s 120 –> 700 s
speed supervision is not active / Maximum Check normal
time to reach speed recovery in case speed starting time of
supervision is active machine at
startup
P113 Speed recovery time before entering 30 s 15 –> 60 s
standby mode
P121 Length of small discharge cycle 60 s 40 –> 70 s

P122 Delay of activation small discharge 10 s 00 –> 15 s

P123 Length of discharge activation small 2s 01 –> 10 s


discharge
P124 Delay of sludge flush activation during 0s 00 –> 05 s
small discharge cycle
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

P125 Length of sludge flush during small 5s 00 –> 10 s


discharge
P126 Length of sludge flush pause during small 40 s 00 –> 60 s
discharge cycle
P127 Delay before Centrizoom interface 8s 00 –> 20 s
adjustment during small discharge cycle
P128 Length of interface adjustment during 20 s 00 –> 60 s
small discharge cycle

. . page 60

Alfa Laval Corporate AB

Parameter Denomination Value at Adjusted Comments/


Delivery Value Input range
P129 Length of 220AV001 20 s 00 –> 30 s
depressurization during small discharge
cycle
P131 Length of large discharge cycle 60 s 40 –> 70 s

P132 Delay of activation large discharge 10 s 00 –> 15 s

P133 Length of discharge activation large 2s 01 –> 10 s


discharge
P134 Delay of sludge flush activation during 0s 00 –> 05 s
large discharge cycle
P135 Length of sludge flush during large 5s 00 –> 10 s
discharge
P136 Length of sludge flush pause during large 40 s 00 –> 60 s
discharge cycle
P137 Delay before Centrizoom interface 0s 00 –> 20 s
adjustment during large discharge cycle
P138 Length of interface adjustment during large 30 s 00 –> 60 s
discharge cycle
P139 Length of 220AV001 20 s 00 –> 30 s
depressurization during large discharge
cycle
P140 Length of liquid seal sequence 60 s 30 –> 120 s

P141 Delay of hot water introduction 5s 00 –> 15 s

P143 Delay on activation operating water valve 5s 00 –> 15 s


during small discharge
P144 Delay on activation operating water valve 5s 00 –> 15 s
during large discharge
P145 Length of activation operating water valve 5s 00 –> 15 s
AV375 during small discharge
P146 Length of activation operating water valve 5s 00 –> 15 s
AV375 during large discharge
P150 Time to deactivation of operating water in 300 s 150 –> 500 s
stop mode
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

P151 Max stop time with timer control 1200 s 200 –> 1500 s

P152 Delay time entering stand still mode after 0 30 s 015 –> 060 s
rpm detection
P153 A05 (optional A06 (if installed ) “speed 400s 200 –> 600 s
fault “ supervision time during stop
sequence
P170 Discharge interval time during production 600 s 040 –> 1800 s

P171 Discharge interval during CIP water 180 s 040 –> 1800 s

. . page 61

Alfa Laval Corporate AB

Parameter Denomination Value at Adjusted Comments/


Delivery Value Input range
P172 Discharge interval during CIP2 600 s 040 –> 1800 s

P173 Max. running time in water test mode 3600 s 000 –> 5000 s

P174 Length of hot water activation after 200 s 030 –> 300 s
emergency stop or vibration shut down
alarm
P175 Minimum discharge interval time 70 s 045 –> 100 s

P176 Number of discharges allowed before: 3 001 –> 006


A20 “High discharge frequency”
P180 Blocking time A02, A03, A14 during 25 s 015 –> 040 s
discharge sequence
P181 Standard short delay timer 2s 001 –> 005 s

P182 Standard medium delay timer 5s 003 –> 010 s

P183 Standard long delay timer 10 s 006 –> 020 s

P184 Blocking time A31 “LP (light phase) 180 s 060 –> 300 s
pressure low” when entering production
mode
P185 Centrizoom positioner fault delay 30 s 005 –> 060 s

P186 Centrizoom positioner ramp up time 20 s 005 –> 030 s

P187 Pauze time operating water valve when no 600 s 030 –> 900 s
discharge active
P188 Length activation operating water valve 5s 000 –> 030 s
after pauze and no discharge active

Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 62

Alfa Laval Corporate AB

8.1.2. System parameters

Some of the programmed values (between 000 and 100) are system specific;
these are machine related parameters that should not be altered without
agreement of Alfa Laval.
Some parameter settings are viewed as text strings; in this case the
parameter can be modified by pushing following button combination
<shift> + <arrow up or arrow down> + <enter>.
NOTE: please do not forget do deactivate the “shift” functionality after
modification of the parameter(s). This is done by pushing the <shift>
button again (Shift led will no longer be alluminated).

Parameter Denomination Value at Adjusted Comments


Delivery Value Input range
P001 Current Supervision; Enabled or Enabled Possible setting:
Disabled; setting Disabled disables Enabled or Disabled
following alarms:
A14 “Current / Torque high”
A15 “Discharge too large”
A16 “Discharge too small”
P002 Speed supervision; Speed or Timer; Speed Possible setting:
Timer enables with following alarms: Default set to Speed,
A05 “Speed system fault 1” Set to Timer in case of
A008 “Low speed” is initiated. Speed fault,
A10 “High speed” automatically set to
speed again in
Standstill
P003 Vibration supervision; Enabled or Enabled Possible setting:
Disabled; setting Disabled disables Enabled or Disabled
following alarms:
A02 “Vibration prewarning”
A03 “Vibration shutdown”
A24 “Vibration sensor fault”
P004 Machine type; hermetic or centrizoom; Centrizoom Possible setting:
setting hermetic disables following Hermetic or
alarm: Centrizoom
A28 “Centrizoom control failure”
P005 Close feed sealing water Disabled Possible setting:
(valve 300AV007) during production Enabled or Disabled
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

mode and hold mode; disabled (open) ;


enabled (closed)
P006 Enable CIP2; disabled or enabled Enabled Possible setting:
Enabled or Disabled
P010 Motor current at full scale (20 mA) 100 A 50 -> 150 Ampere

P011 Maximum current rise during discharge 35 A 25 -> 50 Ampere

P012 Minimum current rise during discharge 8A 05 -> 20 Ampere

. . page 63

Alfa Laval Corporate AB

Parameter Denomination Value at Adjusted Comments


Delivery Value Input range
P013 Maximum current during operation 34 A 35 -> 120 Ampere

P014 Maximum current for speed recovery 28 A 15 -> 40 Ampere

P015 PX separator Type Selected 3 1 = PX65


2 = PX65-EX
3 = PX 55
4 = PX 55-EX
P016 Speed Sensor pulses per revolution 1 pulses 1 -> 8 pulses

P017 Separator motor constant Speed 1470 rpm 50/60Hz Motor


1400 ->2500 rpm
P018 Relative speed for speed recovery 95 % 90 % -> 97 %

P019 Gear ratio motor --> bowl; 4160 0 -> 6000


Motor =1000; Bowl= Gear ratio x 1000
P020 Speed 1 vibration supervision during 2000 0 -> 6000 rpm
start mode
P021 Speed 2 vibration supervision during 4000 0 -> 6000 rpm
start mode
P022 Speed 1 vibration supervision during 2000 0 -> 6000 rpm
stop mode
P023 Speed 2 vibration supervision during 4000 0 -> 6000 rpm
stop mode
P024 Light phase pressure at full scale 10.0 bar 0 -> 10.0 bar
(20mA)
P025 A31 “LP (light phase) pressure low” 1.0 bar 0 -> 10.0 bar
pressure set point
P026 A30 “LP (light phase) pressure high” 4.0 bar 0 -> 10.0 bar
pressure set point
P027 Liquid seal sequence; enabled or Enabled Possible setting:
disabled Enabled or Disabled
P028 Activation off back pressure valve Enabled Possible setting:
220AV001 Enabled or Disabled
during discharge;
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

disabled = ( shut off air pressure to the


back pressure valve during time period
off T29 for small discharge and for a
time period of T39 for large discharge;
Enabled = (back pressure valve remains
pressurized during discharge)
P029 Bearing temperature supervision; Disabled Possible setting:
enabled or disabled Enabled or Disabled
P030 Bearing Temperature pre-warning 60 degree 0 ->200 degree
(A34) Celsius Celsius

. . page 64

Alfa Laval Corporate AB

Parameter Denomination Value at Adjusted Comments


Delivery Value Input range
P031 Bearing Temperature shut down (A35) 70degree 0 ->200 degree
Celsius Celsius
P032 Gear temperature supervision; enabled Disabled Possible setting:
or disabled Enabled or Disabled
P033 Gear Temperature pre-warning (A36) 60 degree 0 ->200 degree
Celsius Celsius
P034 Gear Temperature shut down (A37) 70degree 0 ->200 degree
Celsius Celsius
P035 Centrizoom opening degree during 40 % 0 -> 100 %
production; this parameter is direct
accessible on the main operator display
P036 Pressure setting I/P convertor to the 40 % 0 -> 100 %
Operating Water Module during small
discharge
P037 Pressure setting I/P convertor to the 38 % 0 -> 100 %
Operating Water Module during large
discharge
P060 Vibration level at full range (20 mA) 25 mm/s 0 -> 50 mm/s

P061 Vibration level “vibration pre-warning 6 mm/s 0 -> 25 mm/s


A02 alarm” during start up between
0 rpm and speed 1.
P062 Vibration level “vibration shut down 9 mm/s 0 -> 25 mm/s
A03 alarm” during start up between
0 rpm and speed 1.
P063 Vibration level “vibration pre-warning 6 mm/s 0 -> 25 mm/s
A02 alarm” during start up between
speed 1 and speed 2.
P064 Vibration level “vibration shut down 9 mm/s 0 -> 25 mm/s
A03 alarm” during start up between
speed 1 and speed 2.
P065 Vibration level “vibration pre-warning 6 mm/s 0 -> 25 mm/s
A02 alarm” during start up between
speed 2 and max speed.
P066 Vibration level “vibration shut down 9 mm/s 0 -> 25 mm/s
A03 alarm” during start up between
speed 2 and max speed.
Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

P067 Vibration level “vibration pre-warning 6 mm/s 0 -> 25 mm/s


A02 alarm” during stop between 0 rpm
and speed 1.
P068 Vibration level “vibration shut down 9 mm/s 0 -> 25 mm/s
A03 alarm” during stop between 0 rpm
and speed 1.
P069 Vibration level “vibration pre-warning 6 mm/s 0 -> 25 mm/s
A02 alarm” during stop between
speed 1 and speed 2.

. . page 65

Alfa Laval Corporate AB

Parameter Denomination Value at Adjusted Comments


Delivery Value Input range
P070 Vibration level “vibration shut down 9 mm/s 0 -> 25 mm/s
A03 alarm” during stop between
speed 1 and speed 2.
P071 Vibration level “vibration pre-warning 6 mm/s 0 -> 25 mm/s
A02 alarm” during stop between
speed 2 and max speed.
P072 Vibration level “vibration shut down 9 mm/s 0 -> 25 mm/s
A03 alarm” during stop between
speed 2 and max speed.
P080 Full range I/P convertor centrizoom 15 psi 0 ->87.023 psi
(20 mA) (1 bar = 14.50377 psi)
P081 Centrizoom zero position pressure 3 psi 0 -> 5 psi

P082 Centrizoom 100 % opening pressure 15 psi 5 -> 25 psi

P090 Lock standby mode 0 Possible setting:


0 or 1
P091 Lock signal speed 01 0 Possible setting:
0 or 1
P092 Lock signal speed 02 1 Possible setting:
0 or 1
P093 Lock feedback signal centrizoom 1 Possible setting:
0 or 1
P094 Lock signal cover 0 Possible setting:
0 or 1
P095 Opening operating water at x % of max. 95 %
speed during starting
P096 Opening operating water ok 0 Opening of operating
0 = during starting / 1 not during water allowed
starting : 2 not during starting and
standby
P097 Operating water pressure at 20mA 250Kpa

P098 Low limit operating water pressure 20Kpa

P099 High limit operating water pressure 80Kpa


Operator Reference-PX Separators REV11 .doc

. . page 66
Alfa Laval
PX55

Operator Lead : Appendix A

SCREEN OVERVIEW
For Siemens
OP177B
LEGEND :
 : value only accessible for monitoring
ព : value accessible for monitoring & editing
 : switch to another display

Software - Document: Screen Overview .doc

Revision date: 17 November, 2008


 Operator interface : Overview of screens 
Main Monitor Display

Access:
Direct access to main screen background colour of monitored value darkens
when the threshold is exceeded.

 Working mode of the separator start PRODUCTION stop


 Amount of discharges 945 dch 40 % 41 %  Position Centrizoom + set point
water stdby
test  Discharge indication:
small arrow = normal discharge
 Separator motor activation ON
hold. CIP large arrow = large discharge
rpm
prod. CIP
A water
 Discharge time info:
13’ 00” Remaining discharge time
01’ 57” Remaining time till next discharge
From this display, the main operating modes From any display, you can select the
of the separator can be selected just by following functions:
touching: Note: ព K1 = Language changing
ព Start The same menu is also available with icons  K2 = Access to ( service )menu
ព Stand by replacing the texts. ព K11 = Access to list of active alarms
ព Water test ព F1 = request for small discharge
ព Holding ព F2 = request for large discharge
ព Production ព K8 = Feed pump interlock handling

Screen Overview .doc


ព Cleaning mode CIP and CIP with ព K9 = Safety water valve activation
water  K10 = System running
ព Stop

Page 3 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 

Shortcut buttons

Short cut functions : Alarm list Short cut functions: Discharge initiation Short cut functions:

F1 : request for small discharge only valid K8 : Feed pump interlock handling
The active alarm list is accessed: in the main screen
 When you press the short-cut K11, or,
 At the event of a new alarm K9 : Safety water valve activation

Leave the alarm list by pressing exit icon


For acknowledge the alarm by pressing K18.
F2 : request for large discharge only valid
in the main screen

Screen Overview .doc


Page 4 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 
Menu

Access to this menu:

Press (K2)
Discharge menu

Timers
From this menu, you can access
configuration menus. Liquid seal parameters
Directly press the menu on the screen
to access the sub-menu of your
choice.
Setup Parameters Commissioning

Maintenance I/O test

Version

Brief overview of functions:


 Discharge menu This menu offers access to the discharge related
parameters.

 Timers This menu offers access to timer related parameters.

 Liquid seal parameters This menu offers access to the liquid seal sequence
parameters, defining the sequence control when a liquid
seal is broken.

 Set up Parameters This menu offers access to the system related


parameters. Parameters with a number beneath 100 are
system related parameters.

 Commissioning Access reserved for commissioning engineer.

 Maintenance Access reserved for maintenance engineer.

 IO-test For checking of inputs.


For forcing of digital outputs (only at standstill).
Screen Overview .doc

Page 5 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 
Menu (continued)
Access to this menu:

Press (K2)
Discharge menu

Timers
From this menu, you can access all
configuration menus. Liquid seal parameters
Directly press the menu on the screen
to access the sub-menu of your
choice.
Setup Parameters Commissioning

Maintenance I/O test

Version

Brief overview of functions: (continued)

 Version Display showing the version of the software tools


required for programming, as well as the latest software
version.

Screen Overview .doc

Page 6 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 
Discharge menu

Access to this menu:


DISCHARGE MENU PART 1 DCH1 DCH2
Through the main menu (K2)
P121/P131 Sequence length : {P121} s {P131} s
P122/P132 Delay DCH signal : {P122} s {P132} s
This menu offers access to discharge
P123/P133 DCH signal length : {P123} s {P133} s
related parameters. Parameters with a
number above 100 are operator related P124/P134 Sludge flush delay : {P124} s {P134} s

parameters and therefore not password P125/P135 Sludge flush length : {P125} s {P135} s

protected. P126/P136 Sludge flush delay : {P126} s {P136} s


P127/P137 Inter.adj.delay : {P127} s {P137} s
Return to main menu with K10. P128/P138 Inter.adj.length : {P128} s {P138} s
By pressing F13 go back one page. P129/P139 Backpressure block : {P129} s {P139} s
By pressing F14 go further one page
<< >>

Discharge menu - continued

This window will show another 7


DISCHARGE MENU PART 2 DCH1 DCH2
parameters that can be edited.
P143/P144 Delay oper.water : {P143} s {P144} s
P145/P146 Oper.water length : {P145} s {P146} s
P36 I/P settings small DCH : {P36} %
P37 I/P settings large DCH : {P37} %
P170 DCH interval in prod. : {P170} s
P171 DCH interval in CIP water : {P171} s
P172 DCH interval in CIP 2 : {P172} s

<<

Screen Overview .doc

Page 7 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 
Timers menu

Access to this menu:


TIMERS START SEQUENCE
Through the main menu (K2)
P110 Time to speed supervision : {P110} s
P111 Time to operating water : {P111} s
This menu offers access to timer
P112 Time speed recovery switch : {P112} s
related parameters. Parameters with a
number above 100 are operator related P113 Speed recovery time : {P113} s

parameters and therefore not password TIMERS STOP SEQUENCE

protected. P150 Time-off operating water : {P150} s


P151 Max stop time : {P151} s
Return to main menu with K10. P152 Time, 0 rpm to standstill : {P152} s
By pressing F13 go back one page. P153 A05 supervision in stop : {P153} s
By pressing F14 go further one page
<< >>

Timers menu - continued

This window will show another 4


TIMERS RUNNING MODE
parameters that can be edited, related
P173 Time limit in water test : {P173} s
to the running mode of the separator.
P174 Hot water after shutdown : {P174} s
P175 Minimum time between DCH’s : {P175} s
P176 Number of DCH to A20 : {P176}

<< >>

Screen Overview .doc

Page 8 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 
Timers menu - continued

This window will show another 8


TIMERS ALARM DELAY
parameters that can be edited, related
P180 Blocking time A02,A03,A14 : {P180} s
to alarm delays of the separator.
P181 Short delay : {P181} s
P182 Medium delay : {P182} s
P183 Long delay : {P183} s
P184 Blocking time A31 : {P184} s
P185 Centr.pos fault delay : {P185} s
P186 Centr.pos ramp-up time : {P186} s
P187 Oper.water close no DCH : {P187} s
P188 Oper.water open no DCH : {P188} s

<<

Screen Overview .doc

Page 9 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 
Liquid Seal Parameter menu

Access to this menu:


LIQUID SEAL SEQUENCE
Through the main menu (K2)
P140 Length of LLS1 : {P140} s
This menu offers access to the Liquid
P141 Delay water injection : {P141} s
seal sequence parameters. Parameters
with a number above 100 are operator
related parameters and therefore not
password protected.

Return to main menu with K10.


By pressing F13 go back one page.
By pressing F14 go further one page
<< >>

Screen Overview .doc

Page 10 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 
Setup menu

Access to this menu:

Through the main menu (K2)


Return to main menu with K10.
By pressing F13 go back one page.
By pressing F14 go further one page.
PARAMETER SETTINGS – PART 1
P01 Current supervision : {P01}
This menu offers access to the system
P02 Supervision control by : {P02}
related
P03 Vibration supervision : {P03}
parameter menu.
Parameters with a number beneath Actual vibration : {VIBRATION} mm/s

100 are system related parameters and P04 Set type : {P04}

therefore password protected. P05 Closed feed sealing : {P05}


P06 CIP 2 : {P06}
For a more detailed description about P07 Spare : {P07}
the parameters functionality, please P08 Spare : {P08}
look into the parameter list in the
operator reference manual of the
selected PX separator. << >>

Setup - continued

Each window will show you another


PARAMETER SETTINGS – PART 2
set of parameters that can be edited.
P09 Discharge system : Spare
P10 Motor current at 20 mA : {P10} A
P11 Max current rise DCH : {P11} A
P12 MAx current rise DCH : {P12} A
P13 Max current operation : {P13} A
P14 Max current speed rec. : {P14} A

P15 Type separator selected : {P15}


PX65=1, PX65EX=2, PX55=3, PX55EX=4

<< >>
Screen Overview .doc

Page 11 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 
Setup - continued

Each window will show you another


PARAMETER SETTINGS – PART 3
set of parameters that can be edited.
P16 Speed sensor pulses/rev : {P16}
P17 Nominal speed : {P17} rpm
P18 Speed recovery : {P18} %
P19 Gear ratio : {P19}
P20 Speed 1 starting : {P20} rpm
P21 Speed 2 starting : {P21} rpm
P22 Speed 1 stop : {P22} rpm
P23 Speed 2 stop : {P23} rpm

<< >>

Setup - continued

Each window will show you another


PARAMETER SETTINGS – PART 4
set of parameters that can be edited.
P24 LP pressure at 20 mA : {P24} Bar
P25 LP pressure low : {P25} Bar
P26 LP pressure high : {P26} Bar
P27 Liquid seal sequence : {P27}
P28 RV001 off during DCH : {P28}

<< >>

Setup - continued
Each window will show you another
PARAMETER SETTINGS – PART 5
set of parameters that can be edited.
P29 Bearing temp.supervision : {P29}
P30 Bearing temp.pre-warning : {P30} °C
P31 Bearing temp. shut-down : {P31} °C
REMARK:
Temperature sensor for bearing P32 Gear temp.supervision : {P32}

temperature (not for PX55/70/80 and P33 Gear temp.pre-warning : {P33} °C

EX type machine). P34 Gear temp. shut-down : {P34} °C


Screen Overview .doc

<< >>

Page 12 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 
Setup - continued

Each window will show you another


PARAMETER SETTINGS – PART 6
set of parameters that can be edited.
P60 Vibration at 20 mA : {P60} mm/s
P61 Vibr.starting 1 pre-warn : {P61} mm/s
P62 Vibr.starting 1 shutdown : {P62} mm/s
P63 Vibr.starting 2 pre-warn : {P63} mm/s
P64 Vibr.starting 2 shutdown : {P64} mm/s
P65 Vibr.starting 3 pre-warn : {P65} mm/s
P66 Vibr.starting 3 shutdown : {P66} mm/s

<< >>

Setup - continued

Each window will show you another


PARAMETER SETTINGS – PART 7
set of parameters that can be edited.
P67 Vibr.stop 1 pre-warn : {P67} mm/s
P68 Vibr.stop 1 shutdown : {P68} mm/s
P69 Vibr.stop 2 pre-warn : {P69} mm/s
P70 Vibr.stop 2 shutdown : {P70} mm/s
P71 Vibr.stop 3 pre-warn : {P71} mm/s
P72 Vibr.stop 3 shutdown : {P72} mm/s

<< >>

Screen Overview .doc

Page 13 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 

Setup - continued

Each window will show you another


PARAMETER SETTINGS – PART 8
set of parameters that can be edited.
P80 I/P range centrizoom : {P80} psi
P81 Zero position pressure : {P81} psi
P82 Max.position pressure : {P82} psi

P90 Lock standby mode : {P90}


P91 Lock signal speed 01 : {P91}
P92 Lock signal speed 02 : {P92}
P93 Lock signal centrizoom : {P93}
P94 Lock cover : {P94}
<< >>

Setup - continued

Each window will show you another


PARAMETER SETTINGS – PART 9
set of parameters that can be edited.
P95 Opening operating water at : {P95} %
X % of max. speed during starting

P96 Opening operator water OK : {P96}


0 = Starting / 1 Not during starting
2 = not during starting and standby

<<

Screen Overview .doc

Page 14 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 
Commissioning Menu

Access to this menu:

Through the main menu (K2).


COMMISSIONING MENU
P36 I/P settings small DCH : {P36}
Values displayed:
P37 I/P settings large DCH : {P37}
ព I/P settings small discharges
P170 DCH interval in prod. : {P170}
ព I/P settings large discharges
ព Discharge interval in production P171 DCH interval in CIP water : {P171}

ព Discharge interval in CIP water P172 DCH interval in CIP 2 : {P172}

ព Discharge interval in CIP 2


Speed : 3000 rpm Outlet press. : 5 kPa
 Rotation speed Current : 95.0 A Temp. bearing : 36.0 °C
 Current consumption Vibration: 0.01 mm/s # of discharges : 1945 dch
 Separator vibration
 Outlet pressure <<

 Temperature bearing
 Amount of discharges

 F13 or K10 : Return to main menu

Maintenance Menu

Access to this menu:

Through the main menu (K2).


DATE 02/04/2007 TIME 08:14:23
Possible actions:
ព Define new system date & time
ព F1 + F2 : Alfa Laval only !
Reset discharge counter.
Password required.
ព K1: Switch to alternative display
language
ព F10: Adjust display contrast ADJUST
CHANGE CONTRAST DOWNLOAD >>
ព F11 &12: Programmers only: LANGUAGE | START | EVENTS
For loading of new software | | CONTROL | ALARMS
ព F13:Change password | | PANEL | PASSWORD |

 F14: Check alarm history


 F8 : Return to main menu
Screen Overview .doc

Page 15 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 
IO test menu : main display

Access to this menu:

Through the main menu (K2).


IO TEST/OVERRIDE MENU
SEPARATOR NOT IN STANDSTILL
The IO-test menus have been grouped
300AV001;300AV002; 300AV007;300AV009;
into detail overviews. 300AV004;300AV005 300AV375

220RV001;506B;506C SWITCHES
Directly press related button to access
sub-menu.

IO-test menu : example

Example of IO-test menu:


AUTO/FORCED STATUS
Possible actions:
ព F1, F3, F5, F7: FORCE 300AV001 AUTO DEAC
Activated valve in “forced” mode. 1
(Only enabled at Standstill) 300AV002 FORCED ACT

 F14 : Return to main IO-test menu


300AV004 AUTO DEAC

300AV005 AUTO DEAC

FORCING DIGITAL OUTPUTS : ENABLED << Screen Overview .doc

Page 16 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 

Switches menu :

This menu gives the status of the most


common used inputs
FEEDBACK

Main Contactor separator 0


Thermal Contact Separator 0
Fault Frequency Convertor 0
Run Frequency Convertor 0
Emergency Stop 0
Cover Lock 1
Level Switch 0
Pressure Switch 1
Air pressure Switch 1

Screen Overview .doc

Page 17 of 18
 Operator interface : Overview of screens 
Operator logic menu (only if option available)

Version menu

Access to this menu:

Through the main menu (K2)


Return to main menu with K10.
By pressing F8 go back one page.

In this menu you can verify the


software release and the systems
VERSION MENU
specifications:
SEPARATOR TYPE : PX 65
 Separator type
STANDARD PROGRAM VERSION : 10
 Software version & rev
REVISIONS ON STANDARD PGR : 00

 Project related revision PROJECT PROGRAM NR. : 834018


REVISIONS ON PROJECT PGR : 00

 Project number PROJECT NR. : 834018


 Type of PLC TYPE OF PLC : CPU 315 2DP <<
 Step-7 version PLC SOFTWARE : V5.4
 Type of display TYPE OF OP : OP177B
 WinCC flexible version OP SOFTWARE : 2007

 F8 : Return to main menu

Screen Overview .doc

Page 18 of 18
Sales Support Leaflet
PX 55 Separation System

List of External Connections

Reference: P&I diagram CD02351

Identification Connection Requirements/Limits


Feed Inlet for feed. Max. 600 kPa
DIN 11851 DN50 union Max. 1100 kg/m3
Min. 0oC, Max. 100oC
Max. 8000 l/h
Light phase Outlet for light phase.
DIN 11851 DN50 union
Heavy phase Outlet for heavy phase.
DN100 pipe
Sludge Outlet for discharged sludge. Must be connected to
DN200 flange ventilated tank
Cyclone Ventilation of cyclone and machine top part.
ventilation
Cold water Inlet service liquid unit. 300 – 400 kPa
G½” F Max. 500 kPa
15 – 30oC
Max. 250 l/h
A Cold water supply to operating water tank 300 B001.
G½” M
B Cold water inlet to 300 B001.
G½” F
C Cold water outlet from 300 B001. Pipe between C and D
G2” M must be min. DN20
and max. 30 m long.
D Cold water inlet on OWMC. 30 – 50 kPa
G ¾’’F
E Cold water overflow from T1.
G1” F
Hot water Inlet service liquid unit. 200 – 300 kPa
G ½” F Max. 500 kPa
70 – 80oC
Max. 90oC
Max. 200 l/h + 80 l/h if
bowl flush is used
Waste water Should be possible to
drain liquids by gravity
Air supply Instrument air inlet on solenoid valve box. 600 kPa +/1 100 kPa
6/4 mm hose Max. 1 Nm3/h

Version: 0 Page 1 of 1
Date: January 20, 2006
01. System Documentation

• Installation drawing

­ Assembly drawing
­ Installation drawing concrete

© Copyright Alfa Laval PX55


01. System Documentation

• Electrical drawing

­ MCC - VER01 REV12


­ MCC - VER11 REV12
­ PU - VERxx REV12

© Copyright Alfa Laval PX55


Bazellaan 5
B-1140 Brussels
Tel : ++32 2 728 38 11
Fax :++32 2 728 39 10

PROJECT : PX55-MCC
TENSION : 3x380-415V (+/-5%)
FREQUENCY : 50-60Hz
TYPE : TNS
Icc : MAX. 10kA
Inom: 63A

PROJECTN° ALFA LAVAL : 000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12

DRAWINGN° : 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12

DESIGNER : ASCH

AS BUILT ON : 15/09/2009 NUMBER OF PAGES : 57

APPROVED : MPTR
CHECKED : SRCH

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 1
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
FRONT PAGE
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 1a
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12


REVISION NUMBER
0 = 220 - 240VAC
1 = 380 - 415VAC
2 = 440 - 460VAC

0 = NO COMMUNICATION CARD
1 = WITH PROFIBUS CARD
2 = WITH ETHERNET CARD

SEPARATOR TYPE
PROJECTNUMBER ALFA LAVAL
000000 = STANDARD

REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE

01 FOR PRODUCTION 23.03.2006

02 ADAPTIONS MCC PAGE 16 PROTECTION FUSE, PAGE 21 EXTRA TERMINALS FOR ES, PAGE 23 DELETE TERMINALS X2 3 AND 4, ADAPTION CABLE TO 08.03.2007

TO JUNCTIONBOX SEPARATOR

03 REMOVED CONNECTION BETWEEN X6.2 AND X6.4 01.06.2007

04

05

06

07

08

09

10 CHANGING THE DRAWINGS FROM CONTROLLER C7-635 TO CPU314C-2DP AND OP177B 27.10.2008

11 CHANGING IP-CONVERTORS + VALVE BLOCK 18.02.2009

12 CHANGING CIRCUIT BREAKERS TELEMECHANIQUE INTO MERLIN GERIN 18.06.2009

13

14

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 1a
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
REVISION PAGE
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2
INDEX
PAGE PAGE DESCRIPTION DATE EDITED BY PAGE PAGE DESCRIPTION DATE EDITED BY
1 FRONT PAGE 23/02/2009 GSCH 3052 Cable diagram : W/221FG002 15/09/2009 asch
1a REVISION PAGE 26/06/2009 GSCH 3053 Cable diagram : W/300FI001 15/09/2009 asch
2 INDEX 29/06/2009 asch 3054 Cable diagram : W/300PS001 15/09/2009 asch
7 TECHNICAL DATA 29/06/2009 asch 3055 Cable diagram : W/JB1 15/09/2009 asch
8 NOTES 27/10/2008 ASCH 3056 Cable diagram : W/LIGHTBEACON 15/09/2009 asch
9 NOTES 27/10/2008 ASCH 3057 Cable diagram : W/M701 15/09/2009 asch
10 NOTES FOR CONSTRUCTION 27/10/2008 ASCH 3058 Cable diagram : W/PU-X4 15/09/2009 asch
12 LAYOUT PANEL PX55 4/11/2008 ASCH 3059 Cable diagram : W/PU-X5 15/09/2009 asch
15 MAINS 5/12/2008 NDRS 3060 Cable diagram : W/PU-X6 15/09/2009 asch
16 DISTRIBUTION SEPARATOR 5/11/2008 ASCH 3061 Cable diagram : W/PUX3 15/09/2009 asch
17 CONTROL VOLTAGE 26/06/2009 GSCH 3062 Cable diagram : W/TT730 15/09/2009 asch
18 DISTRIBUTION CONTROL VOLTAGE 26/06/2009 GSCH
19 POWER DISTRIBUTION 24VDC 26/06/2009 GSCH
20 DISTRIBUTION 24VDC 26/06/2009 GSCH
21 SIGHT GLASS 24VDC 15/09/2009 asch
22 EMERGENCY STOP 27/10/2008 ASCH
23 POWER SUPPLY 5/12/2008 NDRS
24 PLC CONFIGURATION CPU & DISPLAY 4/11/2008 ASCH
25 POWER SUPPLY FOR CPU314C-2DP 4/11/2008 ASCH
26 DIGITAL INPUTS I2.0-I2.7 CPU314C-2DP 6/11/2008 NDRS
27 DIGITAL INPUTS I0.0 - I0.7 CPU314C-2DP 5/12/2008 NDRS
28 DIGITAL INPUTS I1.0 - I1.7 CPU314C-2DP 22/10/2008 ASCH
29 DIGITAL OUTPUTS Q0.0 - Q0.7 CPU314C-2DP 5/12/2008 NDRS
30 DIGITAL OUTPUTS Q1.0 - Q1.7 CPU314C-2DP 5/11/2008 ASCH
31 ANALOG INPUTS PIW272 - PIW274 CPU314C-2DP 29/10/2008 ASCH
32 ANALOG INPUTS PIW276 - PIW278 CPU314C-2DP 6/11/2008 NDRS
33 SPARE PT100 CPU314C-2DP 30/10/2008 ASCH
34 IP-CONVERTORS 5/11/2008 ASCH
35 S7-300 : ANALOG INPUT PIW282 - PIW284 5/12/2008 NDRS
36 S7-300 : ANALOG INPUT 27/10/2008 ASCH
1000 PARTS LIST 15/09/2009 asch
1001 PARTS LIST 15/09/2009 asch
1002 PARTS LIST 15/09/2009 asch
2000 MIN - TERMINALS INTERNAL 0VDC 15/09/2009 asch
2001 X - TERMINALS INTERNAL 0VAC 26/06/2009 GSCH
2002 X1 - TERMINALS POWER CIRCUITS 380-415V 26/06/2009 GSCH
2003 X2 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 230VAC 26/06/2009 GSCH
2004 X3 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC 15/09/2009 asch
2005 X4 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DI 15/09/2009 asch
2006 X4 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DI 15/09/2009 asch
2007 X5 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DO 15/09/2009 asch
2008 X6 - TERMINALS ANALOGE CIRCUIT - MCC 15/09/2009 asch
2009 X7 - TERMINALS EMERGENCY STOP - MCC 26/06/2009 GSCH
3000 Kabeloverzicht : W/220-PIT001 - W/TT730 15/09/2009 asch
3050 Cable diagram : W/220-PIT001 15/09/2009 asch
3051 Cable diagram : W/220FG002 15/09/2009 asch

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 2
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
INDEX
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 7
TECHNICAL SHEET

P&V Elektrotechniek
* CONSTRUCTOR : Industrieweg 10
B-3550 Heusden-Zolder
Site: www.pnv.be - email: [email protected]

* ENDCUSTOMER : -

* REFERENCES INSTALLATION :
- Installation description : 000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12
- refer.customer :
- Drawing number : 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12

* REFERENCES PANELS :
- main panel :
- auxil. panels :

* MAIN SUPPLY
- Tension : 3x380-415V (+/-5%)
- Frequency : 50-60Hz
- Type : TNS
- Icc : MAX. 10kA
- main isolator and bushbar : 63A

* CONTROL VOLTAGE 230VAC : 4A through power supplies 208- 600V/115-230VAC 1000VA

* CONTROL VOLTAGE 24Vdc : 10A through stabilised power supplies 230VAC/24VDC 10A
* CLASS EMERGENCY STOP : CLASSE 2

* ENVIRONMENT MAIN PANEL


- Protection : IP54 outside / IP20-B internal

- Temperature : between 10-40°Cel.


- Relative humidity : max. 80%
- Vibrations : --
- EX : Non-ex zone

* CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS : EN60.204-1(1994)

* ANOMALIS ON EN60.204 :
- Tested according to P&V-specifications

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 7
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
TECHNICAL DATA
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 8
COLOURS INTERNAL WIRING LABELING INTERNAL EQUIPEMENT
description coulor
12 U18
power circuits :
PHASE L1 BLACK PAGE
PHASE L2 BLACK LINE NUMBER
PHASE L3 BLACK
NEUTRAL BLUE (LIGHT) FUNCTIONAL CODE (IEC)

control circuits :
A EQUIPMENT GROUP :
AC CURRENT RED
AMPLIFIER,PLC,...
AC CURRENT.(COMMON.) RED
B TRANSDUCER : NON ELECTRICAL / ELECTRICAL QUANTITY
FLOW TRANSDUCER,LEVEL TRANSDUCER,...
DC CURRENT. DC + BLUE (DARK)
C CONDENSATOR
DC CURRENT. DC - BLUE (DARK)
D BINAIR ELEMENT,DECELERATION,MEMORY :
ANALOGUE SIGNALS LIYCY-JZ
E LIGHTING EQUIPMENT,HEATING EQUIPMENT
EXTERNALE TENSION ORANGE
F PROTECTION : CIRCUIT BREAKER,FUSE,THERM. OVERLOAD RELAY,..
CIRCUIT BREAKER,FUSE,THERM. OVERLOAD RELAY,..
CURRENT TRANSFORMER (SECUNDAIR) WHITE
G GENERATOR,POWER SUPPLY'S,...
H SIGNALLING DEVICE :
EARTH YELLOW/GREEN
INDICATION LIGHT,FLASH LIGHT,SIREN,...
K ELECTRICAL CONTROLED SWITCHGEAR :
CODES FOR INTERNAL WIRING
RELAY,CONTACTOR,TIME RELAY,...
Q INDUCTIVE ELEMENT :
CONTACT NUMBERING PARTEX COIL
M MOTORS
P MEASURING AND REGISTRATION DEVICE'S :
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS,RECORDER,PEN RECORDER,...
Q POWER SWITCH GEAR :
LOAD SWITCH BREAKER,MOTOR CIRCUIT BREAKER,...
R RESISTANCE,RHEOSTAT,...
S ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS :
SWITCH,PUSH BUTTON,LIMIT SWITCH,.....
T TRANSFORMER,....
U TRANSDUCER : ELECTRICAL / ELECTRICAL QUANTITY
SECTIONS INTERNAL WIRING FREQUENCY CONTROLLER,SOFTSTARTER,TRANSDUCER,..
V SEMICONDUCTOR :
description wiring DIODE,TWIN DIODE,TRANSISTOR,...
power circuits : AS INDICATED ON DIAGRAMS X TERMINAL BLOCS,CONNECTORS,SOCKET,...
OR min 2,5mm² - VOB/ST Y ELECTRICAL CONTROLLED MECHANICAL DEVICE :
control circuits : VALVE,BREAKE,...
STEERING (COILS,INDICATORS) : 1mm² - VOB/ST
PLC/ELECTRONIC EQUIPEMENT : 0,75mm² - VTB/ST
PLC/ BLOCS WITH 32 DI OR DO 0,5mm² - VTB/ST
ANALOGUE SIGNALS (EXCEPTION 0,4-20mA) : 0,75mm² - LIYCY

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 8
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
NOTES
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 9
MARKING OF TERMINAL ROWS SIZE OF TERMINALS
1 X 1 1,2,... NUMBER OF PANEL POWER : ACCORDING TO SIZE WIRE IN SCETCH,
TB 1,2,... TERMINALBOX MIN 4mm²-TERMINAL
OP 1,2,... OPERATOR PANEL CONTROLS : 2,5mm²-TERMINAL
LOCATION :
MP MOTOR PANEL

FUNCTIONCODE FOR TERMINAL


FUNCTION 0 DISTRIBUTION, INTERNAL MARKING OF CABLES
1 POWER CIRCUITS
2 CONTROL CIRCUITS 230Vac
3 CONTROL CIRCUITS 24Vdc
4 CONTROL CIRCUITS 24Vdc DI W/SEP001
5 CONTROL CIRCUITS 24Vdc DO
6 CONTROL CIRCUITS ANALOGUE CODE FOR CABLE
7 EMERGENCY STOP CIRCUITS ITEM NUMBER
8 CONTROL CIRCUIT 48VAC
9 MEASUREMENT CIRCUITS
10 COMMUNICATION SIGNALS

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 9
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
NOTES
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 10
ENGRAVED PLATES MOTOR CONTROL PANEL :
THE ENGRAVED PLATES ARE FIXED WITH DOUBLE SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE IDENTIFICATION AUXILAIRY APPARATUS:

1: PX55-MCC
3x380-415V (+/-5%) - 50-60Hz
PANEL IDENTIFICATION: STICKERS
Inom: 63A - Icc: MAX. 10kA
Alfa Laval N°: 000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 Dim: 120x55mm
Dim: 20x8mm
15S2
Character height: 8mm
Drawing N°: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 Color: yellow, characters black
Color: white, characters: blue
Texts according to diagram

2:

Dim: DIA: 60mm


Character height: 6.5mm
Color: yellow, characters black

Text: EMERGENCY STOP

3: 4: Dim: 30x45mm
RESET CONTROL Character height: 3mm
EMERGENCY VOLTAGE
STOP OK Color: white, characters black

Dim: 100x15mm
5: Character height: 6.5mm
MAIN SWITCH
Color: white, characters black

Dim: 100x10mm
6:
SEPERATOR CURRENT Character height: 6.5mm
Color: white, characters black

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 10
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
NOTES FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 12
800

18F12

18S12
18X1
17F4
18F3
18F6
18F9
1671 [HxB) 75x37.5

X
1622

[HxB) 75x50
4

20F12
20F14

17Q4

32U6
1539

27U1
29K9
22K3
19F4
20F2
20F4
20F7
20F9

21F2
1514 [HxB) 75x37.5
17H10
MIN

16P13
1384
24A4 1350 [HxB) 75x50
THIS BEACON IS PUT AWAY
FOR TRANSPORT IN THE
DOCUMENTHOLDER
INSIDE THE DOOR
1338
A 16F5 23K7
6

22S5

1188
2
BEACON
3
1088
1060 [HxB) 75x50
22S5.1

5 15S2
16U5

[HxB) 75x75
[HxB) 75x50
17T4

15S2

1800
852 [HxB) 75x37.5
24A6 24A12 19G3
12

DI8 / AI5 / AO2

DI16 / DO16

AI2
DIMENSIONS
280
410

DRILL HOLES
670X280mm

655 [HxB) 75x37.5

SPARE PLACE
FOR ET200S MODULES

670
800 399 [HxB) 75x75
18M12

X7

FOR INTERNAL WIRING


FOR INCOMING CABLES

FOR INCOMING CABLES


FOR INTERNAL WIRING

CABLES TRUNKING
CABLES TRUNKING
CABLES TRUNKING

CABLES TRUNKING

X3
(HxB) 75x75

(HxB) 75x75
(HxB) 75x50

X5

X2
230

X6

X4

X1
81 [HxB) 75x100

PE

38

248
276

476

662
150

400

594
200

DEPTH: 400mm

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 12
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
LAYOUT PANEL PX55
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

3x380-415V (+/-5%)
L1 / 16.1
L2 / 16.1
L3 / 16.1

2 4 6

15S2
63A 1 3 5

EARTH
-X1 1 2 3 PE

L1 L2 L3 PE

POWERSUPPLY

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 15
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
MAINS
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

3x380-415V (+/-5%)
L1 / 15.18 L1 / 17.1
L2 / 15.18 L2 / 17.1
L3 / 15.18 L3 / 17.1

1 3 5
11 C
-16F5
63A 12 NC
2 4 6

23.3

28.9
1 3 5
-23K7
23.7 11 13
2 4 6
-29K9 -22K3
29.9 12 14 22.3 14

-16U5
U1 V1 W1 22 RUN 24 25 FAULT 27 13 12 11 10
ABB ACS550-01-059-4
22 25 22kW HEAVY DUTY START

AGND

AO1
AI1
24 27
4-20mA current
28.17 28.15
U2 V2 W2 2 3 7 9- 8+

x1 21U4:8+ / 32.11

-16P13 A
0-100A
x2

21U4:9- / 32.11

EARTH EARTH

-X6 1 2
-W/TT730
-W/M701 LIYCY-JZ
1 2 3 1 2
2YSLCY-J 3x1.5
4x10

U1 V1 W1

-M701
M -TT730
18.5kW 3~
PE

SEPARATOR

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 16
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DISTRIBUTION SEPARATOR
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

3x380-415V (+/-5%)
L1 / 16.19 L1
L2 / 16.19 L2
L3 / 16.19 L3

PRI. I PRI.
1 3 5
17Q4 208V 5.79A 1-37/2-31
2,5-4A 230V 5.23A 1-36/2-31
380V 3.17A 31-38
I> I> I> 400V 3.01A 32-38
2 4 6 415V 2.90A 31-37
440V 2.73A 32-37
460V 2.62A 32-36
480V 2.51A 33-36
500V 2.41A 34-36
525V 2.29A 31-35
550V 2.19A 32-35
575V 2.09A 33-35
600V 2.00A 34-35

1 2

-17T4
....VAC/2x115VAC SEC. I SEC.
1000VA 115 0 115 0
50-60Hz 115V 8.70A 0-0 & 115-155
230V 4.35A 115-0

1
17F4
4A 2

-X 1

230VAC
L10 / 18.1
N1 / 18.1

x1
-17H10
WH x2

EARTH EARTH

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 17
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
CONTROL VOLTAGE
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

230VAC
L10 / 17.18 L10
N1 / 17.18 N1

1 1 1 1
18F3 18F6 18F9 18F12
4A 2 2A 2 2A 2 2A 2

-X 2 3 4 5

1
18S12
2

L10.2 / 19.2 L10.3 / 23.1


N2 / 19.2 N3 / 23.1

1 PE 2 L N
18X1
18M12
M
1~
PE

EARTH EARTH

SOCKET POWER CONTROL VAC FAN COOLING


24VDC PANEL

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 18
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DISTRIBUTION CONTROL VOLTAGE
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

CONTROL VOLTAGE
L10.2 / 18.6
N2 / 18.6

N L
-19G3
230VAC/24VDC
10A

- +

-19F4
10A 1

2
24VDC
MIN 1
L+ / 20.1
M / 20.1

EARTH EARTH

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 19
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
POWER DISTRIBUTION 24VDC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC
L+ / 19.18 L+ / 21.1
M / 19.18 M / 21.1

1 1 1 1 1 1
-20F2 -20F4 -20F7 -20F9 -20F12 -20F14
2A 2 2A 2 2A 2 2A 2 2A 2 2A 2

MIN 2 3 4 5 6 7

33
-22K3
22.3 34

24VDC.1 / 25.2 24VDC.2 / 26.2 24VDC.3 / 29.2 24VDC.4 / 30.2 24VDC.5 / 31.2 24VDC.6 / 22.2
0VDC.1 / 25.2 0VDC.2 / 26.2 0VDC.3 / 29.2 0VDC.4 / 29.15 0VDC.5 / 31.2 0VDC.6 / 22.2

EARTH EARTH

OP177 + DIGITAL DIGITAL DIGITAL ANALOG EMERGENCY


CPU314-2DP INPUTS OUTPUTS OUTPUTS INPUTS STOP
AFTER ES CIRCUIT

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 20
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DISTRIBUTION 24VDC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC
L+ / 20.19 L+
M / 20.19 M

1 1

21F2 -21F7
4A 2 2A 2

MIN 8 MIN 9

EARTH EARTH

-X3 1 2 3 4 5 6

W/220FG002 1 2
W/221FG002 1 2
W/PUX3
LIYY-JZ LIYY-JZ LIYY-JZ
3x1 3x1 3x1
220FG002

221FG002

X3 1 2
SEPERATOR
PU-PANEL
PAGE 16

SIGHT GLASS SIGHT GLASS POWER SUPPLEY


220FG002 221FG002 IP-CONVERTOR

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 21
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
SIGHT GLASS 24VDC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC
24VDC.6 / 20.15 24VDC.6
0VDC.6 / 20.15 0VDC.6

-X7 1

11
EXTERNAL
22S5 ES
12 (OPTIONAL)
MAKE BRIDGE
IN ATELIER

-X7 2

A1 S11 S12 13 23 33 43 51

A1
-22K3 PHOENIX CONTACT
A2 PSR-SCP-24UC/ESA2/4X1/1X2/B

A2 S33 S34 14 24 34 44 52

13
22S5.1
BLUE 14

EARTH EARTH

EMERGENCY STOP RELAY

2963802
13 14 16.13
23 24 26.3
33 34 20.9
43 44 23.3

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 22
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
EMERGENCY STOP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

L10.3 / 18.9
CONTROL VOLTAGE L10.3

11
16F5
16.5 12

43
-22K3
22.3 44

-X2 1

EXTERNAL
CONTACT
(OPTIONAL)
MAKE BRIDGE
IN ATELIER

A1
-X2 2
23K7
230VAC A2

N3 / 18.9 N3

EARTH EARTH
DRIVE MAIN
CONTACTOR
LC1
1 2 16.5
3 4 16.5
5 6 16.6
13 14 28.7
21 22

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 23
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
POWER SUPPLY
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

-24A12
35.2
36.2
-24A6 CPU 314 C-2 DP
DI 8xDC24V
DI16/DO16xDC24V AI 2x12 BIT
AI5/AO2x12Bit
25.2
26.1
27.1 SF SIEMENS
28.1 BF SF
29.2 DC5V
30.2 0 0 0
31.5 FRCE 1 1 1
32.5 RUN X1 X2
2 2 2
33.5 STOP
34.2 3 3 3
4 4 4
RUN
5 5 5
STOP
6 6 6
MRES
7 7 7

DI+2. DI+0. DO+0.

MPI DP IN IN OUT
DI+1. DO+1.

CONNECTOR
PHO.SUBCON
PROFIBSC2 0 0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
L+

DC 24V
7 7
SIE.6XV1830-0EH10

314-6CF00-0AB0

CONNECTOR
PHO.SUBCON
PROFIBSC2

6AV6642-0DA01-1AX0

-24A4
25.11

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12
CP 2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE:
PLC CONFIGURATION CPU & DISPLAY N.PAGE:
24

REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 25


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC.1 / 20.3
0VDC.1 / 20.3

-24A6 X3 X4 1 2 -24A4 RS485 24V 0V


24.6 24.4

X3/MPI X4/DP 1/L+ 2/M X3/MPI 1/24V 2/0V

6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 1 OF 10 SIEMENS 6AV6642-0DC01-1AX0 PART 1 OF 1 SIEMENS

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 25
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
POWER SUPPLY FOR CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 26
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC.2 / 20.5 24VDC.2 / 27.2


0VDC.2 / 20.5 0VDC.2 / 27.2

X4 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V

GY/BN 1 BN BU 2 3
-W/JB1 -W/300FI001 -W/300PS001 -W/PU-X4
Li2YCY PiMF LIYY-JZ IFM.EVT002 LIYY-JZ
10x2x1 3x1 4x0.34 4x1

-JB1 -X 43

BN

-PU -X4 2 3
1 3 29.7
29.15
23 1 1 30.2 SEPERATOR
-22K3 -GS760 -300FI001 -300PS001 34.4 PU-PANEL
22.3 24 2 4 PAGE 16

4
-X4 1

BU

-JB1 -X

BRIDGE IF NOT USED


42

MAKE BRIDGE
IN ATELIER

WH/PK 2 BK 1
-W/JB1 -W/300FI001 -W/300PS001 -W/PU-X4
Li2YCY PiMF LIYY-JZ IFM.EVT002 LIYY-JZ
10x2x1 3x1 4x0.34 4x1

X4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

-24A6 X1 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
24.6

22/I2.0 23/I2.1 24/I2.2 25/I2.3 26/I2.4 27/I2.5 28/I2.6 29/I2.7 30/M

CONNECTOR: X1 TYPE 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 3 OF 10 SIEMENS

EMERGENCY COVER FLOW SWITCH PRESSURE EXTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL AIR


STOP INTERLOCKING 300FI001 SWITCH START PROD CLEAN PRESSURE
GS760 (OPTIONAL) 300PS001 INTERLOCK INTERLOCK INTERLOCK SWITCH
PU-PANEL

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 26
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DIGITAL INPUTS I2.0-I2.7 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 27
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC.2 / 26.18 24VDC.2 / 28.2


0VDC.2 / 26.18 0VDC.2 / 28.2

-X4 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V

-X4 14

PK
-W/JB1
Li2YCY PiMF
10x2x1

-JB1 -X 21

BN

-ST741A
-

BU

-JB1 -X 20

BU
-W/JB1
Li2YCY PiMF
10x2x1

-X4 15

-27U1
5+ 6- 1+ 2-

SPEED TRANSMITTER
KCD2-E2(P&F)

4+

-X4 8 9 10 11

-24A6 -X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
24.6

1/L+ 2/I0.0 3/I0.1 4/I0.2 5/I0.3 6/I0.4 7/I0.5 8/I0.6 9/I0.7

CONNECTOR : X2 TYPE 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 3 OF 10 SIEMENS

SPEED- SPEED 1 SPEED 1 SPARE SPEED 2 SPEED 2 SPARE SPARE


TRANSMITTER DIRECTION GATE DIRECTION GATE
-ST741A

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 27
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DIGITAL INPUTS I0.0 - I0.7 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 28
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC.2 / 27.18 24VDC.2


0VDC.2 / 27.18 0VDC.2

-X4 24V 0V 24V 0V

13 C 25 22
-23K7 -16F5 -16U5 -16U5
23.7 14 16.5 NC 16.8 27 16.7 24

-X4 12 13
75/1

75/2

-24A6 -X2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
24.6

13/I1.1 14/I1.2 15/I1.3 16/I1.4 17/I1.5 18/I1.6 19/I1.7 20/1M

CONNECTOR : X2 TYPE 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 4 OF 10 SIEMENS

SPARE SPARE MAIN THERMAL SPEED 1 SPEED 2 FAULT RUN


CONTACTOR CONTACT LATCH LATCH FREQUENCY FREQUENCY
SEPARATOR SEPARATOR CONVERTOR CONVERTOR

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 28
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DIGITAL INPUTS I1.0 - I1.7 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 29
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

FED PUMP FLUSH WATER SLUDGE CHANNEL


INTERLOCK SEPARATOR ACCOUSTIC VISUAL UNDER BOWL FLUSH WATER
SPARE OR SPARE CENTRIZOON START / STOP ALARM ALARM (300AV004) (300AV005)

CONNECTOR: X2 TYPE 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 4 OF 10 SIEMENS

21/L+ 22/Q0.0 23/Q0.1 24/Q0.2 25/Q0.3 26/Q0.4 27/Q0.5 28/Q0.6 29/Q0.7 30/M

-24A6 -X2 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
24.6

24VDC.3 / 20.7

-X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

12 2 3 1 2
-W/PU-X5 -W/LIGHTBEACON -W/PU-X5
LIYY-JZ LIYY-JZ LIYY-JZ
15x1 4x1 15x1

-PU -X5 13 -BEACON -PU -X5 2 3


26.17 26.17
A1 1 2
SEPERATOR
SEPERATOR -29K9 PU-PANEL
PU-PANEL 24VDC A2 C C PAGE 15
PAGE 15

-X5 1

1 14
-W/LIGHTBEACON -W/PU-X5
LIYY-JZ LIYY-JZ
4x1 15x1

-X5 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V

0VDC.3 / 20.7 0VDC.4 / 20.10 0VDC.4 / 30.2

2967060
14
11 16.12
12
24
21
22

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 29
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DIGITAL OUTPUTS Q0.0 - Q0.7 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 30
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

SAFETY WATER COLD SERVICE FEEDING SEALING HOT SERVICE OPERATING SMALL DISCHARGE BIG DISCHARGE BACK PRESSURE
VALVE WATER VALVE WATER VALVE WATER VALVE WATER VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE
(300AV001) (300AV002) (300AV007) (300AV009) (300AV375) (506B) (506C) (220AV001)

CONNECTOR: X2 TYPE 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 5 OF 10 SIEMENS

31/L+ 32/Q1.0 33/Q1.1 34/Q1.2 35/Q1.3 36/Q1.4 37/Q1.5 38/Q1.6 39/Q1.7 40/M

-24A6 -X2 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
24.6

24VDC.4 / 20.10

-X5 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
-W/PU-X5
LIYY-JZ
15x1

-PU -X5 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
26.17

SEPERATOR
PU-PANEL
PAGE 15

-X5 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V

0VDC.4 / 29.18

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 30
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DIGITAL OUTPUTS Q1.0 - Q1.7 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 31
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC.5 / 20.12 24VDC.5 / 32.2


0VDC.5 / 20.12 0VDC.5 / 32.2

-X6 5 -X6 9

-X6 3 4 -X6 6 7 8

-W/220-PIT001
LIYCY-JZ
4x1

220PIT001
1+ 3- 2S

-24A6 -X1 2 3 4 5 6 7
24.6

2/PIW 272 3/PIW 272 4/PIW 272 5/PIW 274 6/PIW 274 7/PIW 274

CONNECTOR: X1 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 7 OF 10 SIEMENS

POSITION PRESSURE
SENSOR TRANSMITTER
SEP01GS794 220PIT001

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 31
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
ANALOG INPUTS PIW272 - PIW274 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 32
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC.5 / 31.18 24VDC.5 / 35.2


0VDC.5 / 31.18 0VDC.5 / 36.18

-X6 10 11

RD BK
-W/JB1
Li2YCY PiMF
10x2x1

-JB1 32U6
26.3 -X 23 22 1 2 7 8
4-20mA
21U4:9- / 16.15
4-20mA
WT BK PHOENIX CONTACT 21U4:8+ / 16.15
5 6 MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I

+ -

-YT750

-24A6 -X1 8 9 10 11 12 13
24.6

8/PIW 276 9/PIW 276 10/PIW 276 11/PIW 278 12/PIW 278 13/PIW 278

CONNECTOR: X1 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 8 OF 10 SIEMENS

VIBRATION OUTPUT
TRANSMITTER CURRENT
YT750 SEPARATOR

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 32
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
ANALOG INPUTS PIW276 - PIW278 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

-X6 12 13 -X6 14 15

-24A6 X1 14 15
24.6

14/PIW280 15/PIW280

CONNECTOR: X1 6ES7314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 9 OF 10 SIEMENS

SPARE SPARE

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 33
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
SPARE PT100 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 34
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

CONNECTOR: X1 TYPE 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 10 OF 10 SIEMENS

U I U I C
16/PQW 272 17/PQW 272 18/PQW 274 19/PQW 274 20/MANA

-24A6 -X1 16 17 18 19 20
24.6

-SCR

-X6 16 17 18

1 2 3
-W/PU-X6
LIYCY-JZ
4x1

-SCR

-PU -X6 1 2 3
26.17

SEPERATOR
PU-PANEL
PAGE 50

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 34
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
IP-CONVERTORS
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 35
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

-PT729
0-250KPa

4 - 20mA
+ -

+ -

-JB1
26.3 -X 1 2

WH BN
-W/JB1
Li2YCY PiMF
10x2x1

-X6 19 20 -X6 21 22

32.18 / 24VDC.5

-24A12 X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
24.12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

+24V IW282 PIW282 IW282 IW284 PIW284 IW284


D

RACK 0 ANALOG INPUT BYTE 282-284 TYPE SIEMENS 6ES7331-7KB02-0AB0 PART 1 / 2 SLOT X

PRESSURE SPARE
TRANSMITTER
PT729

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 35
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
S7-300 : ANALOG INPUT PIW282 - PIW284
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 36
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

32.18 / 0VDC.5

-24A12 X 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
24.12
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

COMP+ COMP- 0V
MANA

RACK 0 ANALOG INPUT TYPE SIEMENS 6ES7331-7KB02-0AB0 PART 2 / 2 SLOT X

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 36
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
S7-300 : ANALOG INPUT
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 1000
BILL OF MATERIALS
QUANTITY ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER TYPE ORDER NUMBER

1 15S2 LOAD SWITCH INTERPACT INS63 3P FIXED MERLIN GERIN INS63 MG.28902

1 15S2 EXTENDED ROTARY HANDLE MERLIN GERIN INS40-160 MG.28941

1 15S2 TERMINAL SHIELDS FOR INS40/63/80A MERLIN GERIN INS MG.28957

1 16F5 FUSE SWITCH 3P 22X58mm WITH AUX.CONTACT LEGRAND SP58 LE.21636

3 16F5 CYLINDRICAL FUSE 22X58mm 63A WITH STRIKER LEGRAND gG LE.15563

1 16F5 REPLACING MICROSWITCH LEGRAND SP51-58 LE.21695

1 16P13 A-METER 96x96mm 0-100A 4-20mA SACI CC3Vs SA.CC3VS 0-100A/4-20MA

1 16U5 FREQUENCY CONVERTER 3x380/480VAC 30kW ABB ACS550 ABB.ACS550-01-059A-4

1 17F4 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/4A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61002

1 17H10 PILOTLAMP LED WHITE 230VAC TELEMECANIQUE XB5 TEL.XB5AVM1

1 17Q4 MOTOR CIRCUIT BREAKER 2.5-4A TELEMECANIQUE GV2 TEL.GV2ME08

1 17T4 TRANSFORMER 1PH 208-600V/ 2x115VAC 1000VA BLOCK BELGIUM USTE BLO.USTE 1000/2X115

1 18F3 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/4A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61002

1 18F6 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 18F9 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 18F12 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 18M12 ENCLOSURE VENT. 230VAC 18W 87m³/h 223x223mm IP55 ELDON EFP ELD.EFP250R5

2 18M12 EXHAUST FILTER 125x125mm IP54 ELDON EFA ELD.EFA200R5

1 18S12 THERMOSTAT COOLING 1NO ELDON ETR 201 ELD.ETR201

1 18X1 MODULAR CURRENT PLUG PIN EARTH 2P+E 230V/16A GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 2963828 PHO.SD-F/SC/GY

1 19F4 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/10A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61004

1 19G3 TRIO POWER SUPPLY 230VAC-24VDC 10A PHOENIX CONTACT 2866323 PHO.TRIO-PS/1AC/24DC/10

1 20F2 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 20F4 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 20F7 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 20F9 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 20F12 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 20F14 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 21F2 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/4A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61002

1 21F7 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 22K3 1-CHANNEL SAFETY RELAY 24VAC/DC 4NO/1NC PHOENIX CONTACT 2963802 PHO.PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESA2/4X1/1X2/B

1 22S5 SAFTY STOP PUSHBUTTON RED DIAM:22mm TELEMECANIQUE XB5 TEL.XB5AS542

1 22S5 PROTECTIVE COVER YELLOW TELEMECANIQUE ZBZ TEL.ZBZ1605

1 22S5.1 PUSHBUTTON BLUE 1NO DIAM.22mm TELEMECANIQUE XB5 TEL.XB5AA61

1 23K7 CONTACTOR 3P 65A 1NO+1NC 230V 50/60Hz TELEMECANIQUE LC1 TEL.LC1D65P7

1 24A4 OPERATOR PANEL SIMATIC OP177B SIEMENS TP177B SIE.6AV6642-0DC01-1AX0

1 24A4 ANGELED PROFIBUS CONNECTOR WITH SCREW CONNECTION PHOENIX CONTACT 2708232 PHO.SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/SC2

1 24A6 CPU 314C-2DP COMPACT CPU WITH MPI SIEMENS 6ES7314 SIE.6ES7314-6CG03-0AB0

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 1000
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
PARTS LIST
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 1001
BILL OF MATERIALS
QUANTITY ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER TYPE ORDER NUMBER

2 24A6 FRONT CONNECTOR 40 PIN SIEMENS 6ES7392 SIE.6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0

1 24A6 MICRO MEMORY EPROM 128K SIEMENS 6ES7953 SIE.6ES7953-8LG11-0AA0

1 24A6 ANGELED PROFIBUS CONNECTOR WITH SCREW CONNECTION PHOENIX CONTACT 2708232 PHO.SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/SC2

1 24A6 PROFILE FOR PLC 482mm SIEMENS 6ES7390 SIE.6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0

1 24A12 ANALOG INPUT 2 AI SIEMENS SM331 SIE.6ES7331-7KB02-0AB0

1 24A12 FRONT CONNECTOR 20 PIN SIEMENS 6ES7392 SIE.6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0

1 27U1 SENSOR OUTPUT INTERFACE TERMINAL PEPPERL & FLUCHS KCD PF.KCD2-E2

1 29K9 INTERFACERELAY 2NO/NC 24VDC PHOENIX CONTACT 2967060 PHO.PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21

1 32U6 MCR REPEATER POWER SUPPLIES INPUT SIGNAL: (0)4-20mA OUTPUT SIGNAL: (0)4-20mA PHOENIX CONTACT 2864422 PHO.MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I

1 BEACON BUZZER 90dB FOR PILOT BEACON TELEMECANIQUE XVD TEL.XVDC9B

1 BEACON BASE + COVER FOR PILOT BEACON TELEMECANIQUE XVD TEL.XVDC21

1 BEACON TUBE 100mm BLACK TELEMECANIQUE XVD TEL.XVDC02

1 BEACON ACCESSOIRE XVD TELEMECANIQUE XVD TEL.XVDC04

1 BEACON LIGHT MODUL FOR PILOT BEACON RED FLICKERING 24VAC/24...48VDC TELEMECANIQUE XVD TEL.XVDC4B4

1 BEACON PILOT LAMP LED 24VDC RED BA15D TELEMECANIQUE DL1 TEL.DL1BDB4

1 MCC-BOX ENCLOSURE 1800x800x400mm (HxWxD) ELDON MCS ELD.MCS18084R5

1 MCC-BOX PLINTH ELEMENT FRONT\BACK 200mm W.800mm ELDON PF ELD.PF2080

1 MCC-BOX LATERAL PLINTH 200mm DEPTH 400mm ELDON PS ELD.PS2040

1 MCC-BOX SIDEPANELS 1800x400mm (HxW) ELDON SPM ELD.SPM1804R5

1 MCC-BOX PLAN POCKET 800mm ELDON DRB ELD.DRB0303R5

1 MCC-BOX TRANSPORTATION EYEBOLT M12 ELDON LE ELD.LE9301

1 MCC-BOX PEN CONDUCTOR BUSBAR 3x10mm 1000mm PHOENIX CONTACT 0402174 PHO.NLS-CU 3/10 SN 1000MM

10 MCC-BOX SHIELD CONNECTION TERMINAL BLOCK D:8mm² WEIDMÜLLER 1753311001 WEI.KL BUE CO1

2 MIN END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 MIN COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030417 PHO.D-ST 2,5

9 MIN FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

2 X END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030417 PHO.D-ST 2,5

2 X1 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

3 X1 UNIVERSAL TERMINAL BLOCK 16mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3044199 PHO.UT 16

1 X1 GROUND TERMINAL BLOCK 16mm² GREEN/YELLOW PHOENIX CONTACT 3044212 PHO.UT 16-PE

3 X2 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

2 X2 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030417 PHO.D-ST 2,5

2 X2 FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

2 X3 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X3 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030417 PHO.D-ST 2,5

6 X3 FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

2 X4 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 1001
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
PARTS LIST
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 1002
BILL OF MATERIALS
QUANTITY ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER TYPE ORDER NUMBER

1 X4 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3036660 PHO.D-ST 2,5-3L

15 X4 THREE-LEVEL TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2.5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3036042 PHO.ST 2,5-3L

2 X5 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X5 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3036660 PHO.D-ST 2,5-3L

16 X5 THREE-LEVEL TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2.5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3036097 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L

2 X6 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X6 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030459 PHO.D-STTB 2,5

2 X6 DOUBLE SUPPORT FOR ASSEMBLY ON NS 35 DIN RAIL PHOENIX CONTACT 3026900 PHO.AB-SK 65-D

10 X6 2-LEVEL SPRING-CAGE TERMINAL 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031270 PHO.STTB 2,5

1 X6 THREE-LEVEL TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2.5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3036042 PHO.ST 2,5-3L

2 X7 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X7 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030417 PHO.D-ST 2,5

2 X7 FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

5 X FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 1002
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
PARTS LIST
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2000
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
MIN

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 19G3 - 19.3 PHO.ST 2,5


2 20.2 PHO.ST 2,5
X4 0V 3 20.5 PHO.ST 2,5
X5 0V 4 20.7 PHO.ST 2,5
X5 0V 5 20.10 PHO.ST 2,5
X6 5 6 20.12 PHO.ST 2,5
7 20.14 PHO.ST 2,5
SIGHT GLASS 220FG002 X3 2 8 21.3 PHO.ST 2,5
POWER SUPPLEY IP-CONVERTOR X3 6 9 M 21.7 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 2000
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
MIN - TERMINALS INTERNAL 0VDC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2001
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

17H10 x2 1 17T4 0 17.5 PHO.ST 2,5


18X1 2 2 18.4 PHO.ST 2,5
19G3 N 3 18.6 PHO.ST 2,5
23K7 A2 4 18.9 PHO.ST 2,5
18M12 N 5 N1 18.12 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 2001
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X - TERMINALS INTERNAL 0VAC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2002
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X1

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 15S2 1 15.2 PHO.UT 16


2 15S2 3 15.2 PHO.UT 16
3 15S2 5 15.2 PHO.UT 16
PE 15.3 PHO.UT 16-PE

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 2002
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X1 - TERMINALS POWER CIRCUITS 380-415V
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2003
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X2

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 22K3 44 23.3 PHO.ST 2,5


23K7 A1 2 23.3 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 2003
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X2 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 230VAC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2004
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X3

W/PUX3

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER
LIYY-JZ 3x1 mm²
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

SIGHT GLASS 220FG002 1 21F2 2 21.2 PHO.ST 2,5


SIGHT GLASS 220FG002 2 MIN 8 21.3 PHO.ST 2,5
SIGHT GLASS 221FG002 3 21.5 PHO.ST 2,5
SIGHT GLASS 221FG002 4 21.5 PHO.ST 2,5
SIGHT GLASS 221FG002 X3 1 5 21F7 2 21.7 PHO.ST 2,5
POWER SUPPLEY IP-CONVERTOR X3 2 6 MIN 9 21.7 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 2004
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X3 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2005
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X4

W/300PS001
W/300FI001
W/300PS001

W/300FI001

W/PU-X4
W/PU-X4

W/JB1
W/JB1

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
Li2YCY PiMF 10x2x1
IFM.EVT002 4x0.34

TERMINAL

Li2YCY PiMF 10x2x1

IFM.EVT002 4x0.34
JUMPER
LIYY-JZ 4x1 mm²

LIYY-JZ 3x1 mm²

LIYY-JZ 3x1 mm²

LIYY-JZ 4x1 mm²


TARGET TARGET

mm²

mm²
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

mm²

mm²
1 JB1-X 42 WH/PK 26.5 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
GY/BN JB1-X 43 24V 22K3 23 26.5
0V MIN 3 26.5
2 300FI001 2 2 26.7 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
1 300FI001 1 24V 26.7
0V 26.7
3 300PS001 4 BK 26.9 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
BN 300PS001 1 24V 26.9
BU 300PS001 3 0V 26.9
4 26.11 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 26.11
0V 26.12
5 26.13 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 26.13
0V 26.13
6 26.15 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 26.15
0V 26.16
7 PU-X4 1 1 26.17 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
2 PU-X4 2 24V 26.17
3 PU-X4 3 0V 26.18
8 27.3 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 27.2
0V 27.2
9 27.9 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 27.8
0V 27.9
10 27.15 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 27.15
0V 27.16
11 27.17 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 27.17
0V 27.18
12 28.3 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 28.3

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 2005
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X4 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DI
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2006
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X4

W/JB1
W/JB1

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
Li2YCY PiMF 10x2x1

TERMINAL

Li2YCY PiMF 10x2x1


JUMPER
TARGET TARGET

mm²
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

mm²
0V 28.3
13 28.5 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 23K7 13 28.5
0V 28.5
PK JB1-X 21 14 27.4 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
15 JB1-X 20 BU 27.4 PHO.ST 2,5-3L

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 2006
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X4 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DI
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2007
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X5

W/PU-X5
W/PU-X5

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL
LIYY-JZ 15x1 mm²

JUMPER

LIYY-JZ 15x1 mm²


TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 29.3 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L


MIN 4 0V 29.3
2 29.5 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 4 0V 29.5
12 PU-X5 13 3 29.7 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 4 0V 29.7
29K9 A1 4 29.9 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 4 0V 29K9 A2 29.9
5 29.11 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 4 0V 29.11
6 29.13 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 4 0V 29.13
1 PU-X5 2 7 29.15 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 5 0V PU-X5 1 14 29.15
2 PU-X5 3 8 29.18 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 5 0V 29.18
3 PU-X5 4 9 30.3 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.3
4 PU-X5 5 10 30.5 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.5
5 PU-X5 6 11 30.7 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.7
6 PU-X5 7 12 30.9 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.9
7 PU-X5 8 13 30.11 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.11
8 PU-X5 9 14 30.13 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.13
9 PU-X5 10 15 30.15 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.15
10 PU-X5 11 16 30.18 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.18

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 2007
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X5 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DO
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2008
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X6

W/220-PIT001

W/TT730
W/PU-X6

W/JB1

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
LIYCY-JZ 3x1.5 mm²

CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
Li2YCY PiMF 10x2x1

TERMINAL
LIYCY-JZ 4x1 mm²

LIYCY-JZ 4x1 mm²

JUMPER
TARGET TARGET

mm²
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 TT730 1 16.9 PHO.STTB 2,5


2 TT730 2 16P13 x1 16.10
3 20F12 2 31.5 PHO.STTB 2,5
4 31.6
5 MIN 6 31.8 PHO.STTB 2,5
220PIT001 1+ 6 32U6 7 31.10
220PIT001 3- 7 31.10 PHO.STTB 2,5
220PIT001 2S 8 31.11
9 32U6 8 31.13 PHO.STTB 2,5
RD JB1-X 23 10 32U6 2 32.5
BK JB1-X 22 11 32U6 1 32.6 PHO.STTB 2,5
12 33.8
13 33.9 PHO.STTB 2,5
14 33.13
15 33.14 PHO.STTB 2,5
1 PU-X6 1 16 34.5
2 PU-X6 2 17 34.11 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
3 PU-X6 3 18 34.13
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PT729 WH JB1-X 1 19 35.5 PHO.STTB 2,5
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PT729 BN JB1-X 2 20 35.5
SPARE 21 35.8 PHO.STTB 2,5
SPARE 22 35.9

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 2008
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X6 - TERMINALS ANALOGE CIRCUIT - MCC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2009
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X7

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 22S5 11 22.8 PHO.ST 2,5


2 22.8 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 2009
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X7 - TERMINALS EMERGENCY STOP - MCC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3000
CABLE OVERVIEW
ALL CONDUCTORS CROSS-SECTION LENGTH
CABLE NAME SOURCE (FROM) TARGET (TO) CABLE TYPE REMARKS
CONDUCTORS USED [MM] [M]
W/220-PIT001 X6 220PIT001 LIYCY-JZ 4 3 1
W/220FG002 X3 220FG002 LIYY-JZ 3 2 1
W/221FG002 X3 221FG002 LIYY-JZ 3 2 1
W/300FI001 X4 300FI001 LIYY-JZ 3 2 1
W/300PS001 X4 300PS001 IFM.EVT002 4 3 0.34
W/JB1 JB1-X X4 Li2YCY PiMF 10x2 8 1
X6
W/LIGHTBEACON X5 BEACON LIYY-JZ 4 3 1
W/M701 16U5 M701 2YSLCY-J 4 3 10
W/PU-X4 PU-X4 X4 LIYY-JZ 4 3 1
W/PU-X5 PU-X5 X5 LIYY-JZ 15 12 1
W/PU-X6 PU-X6 X6 LIYCY-JZ 4 3 1
W/PUX3 X3 LIYY-JZ 3 2 1
W/TT730 X6 TT730 LIYCY-JZ 3 2 1.5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3000
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Kabeloverzicht : W/220-PIT001 - W/TT730
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3050
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/220-PIT001 LIYCY-JZ 4 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

31.10 X6 6 220PIT001 1+ 31.10

31.10 X6 7 220PIT001 3- 31.10

31.11 X6 8 220PIT001 2S 31.11

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3050
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/220-PIT001
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3051
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/220FG002 LIYY-JZ 3 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

SIGHT GLASS 220FG002 21.2 X3 1 1 220FG002 21.2 SIGHT GLASS 220FG002

SIGHT GLASS 220FG002 21.3 X3 2 2 220FG002 21.2 SIGHT GLASS 220FG002

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3051
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/220FG002
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3052
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/221FG002 LIYY-JZ 3 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

SIGHT GLASS 221FG002 21.5 X3 3 1 221FG002 21.5 SIGHT GLASS 221FG002

SIGHT GLASS 221FG002 21.5 X3 4 2 221FG002 21.5 SIGHT GLASS 221FG002

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3052
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/221FG002
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3053
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/300FI001 LIYY-JZ 3 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

26.7 X4 24V 1 300FI001 1 26.7

26.7 X4 2 2 300FI001 2 26.7

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3053
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/300FI001
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3054
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/300PS001 IFM.EVT002 4 0.34

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

26.9 X4 3 BK 300PS001 4 26.9

26.9 X4 24V BN 300PS001 1 26.9

26.9 X4 0V BU 300PS001 3 26.9

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3054
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/300PS001
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3055
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/JB1 Li2YCY PiMF 10x2 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

32.6 JB1-X 22 BK X6 11 32.6

PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PT729 35.5 JB1-X 2 BN X6 20 35.5 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PT729

27.4 JB1-X 20 BU X4 15 27.4

26.5 JB1-X 43 GY/BN X4 24V 26.5

27.4 JB1-X 21 PK X4 14 27.4

32.5 JB1-X 23 RD X6 10 32.5

PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PT729 35.5 JB1-X 1 WH X6 19 35.5 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PT729

26.5 JB1-X 42 WH/PK X4 1 26.5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3055
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/JB1
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3056
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/LIGHTBEACON LIYY-JZ 4 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

29.11 X5 0V 1 BEACON C 29.13

29.11 X5 5 2 BEACON 1 29.11

29.13 X5 6 3 BEACON 2 29.13

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3056
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/LIGHTBEACON
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3057
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/M701 2YSLCY-J 4 10

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

16.5 16U5 U2 1 M701 U1 16.5

16.5 16U5 V2 2 M701 V1 16.5

16.6 16U5 W2 3 M701 W1 16.5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3057
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/M701
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3058
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/PU-X4 LIYY-JZ 4 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

26.17 PU-X4 1 1 X4 7 26.17

26.17 PU-X4 2 2 X4 24V 26.17

26.18 PU-X4 3 3 X4 0V 26.18

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3058
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/PU-X4
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3059
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/PU-X5 LIYY-JZ 15 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

29.15 PU-X5 2 1 X5 7 29.15

29.18 PU-X5 3 2 X5 8 29.18

30.3 PU-X5 4 3 X5 9 30.3

30.5 PU-X5 5 4 X5 10 30.5

30.7 PU-X5 6 5 X5 11 30.7

30.9 PU-X5 7 6 X5 12 30.9

30.11 PU-X5 8 7 X5 13 30.11

30.13 PU-X5 9 8 X5 14 30.13

30.15 PU-X5 10 9 X5 15 30.15

30.18 PU-X5 11 10 X5 16 30.18

29.7 PU-X5 13 12 X5 3 29.7

29.15 PU-X5 1 14 X5 0V 29.15

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3059
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/PU-X5
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3060
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/PU-X6 LIYCY-JZ 4 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

34.5 PU-X6 1 1 X6 16 34.5

34.11 PU-X6 2 2 X6 17 34.11

34.13 PU-X6 3 3 X6 18 34.13

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3060
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/PU-X6
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3061
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/PUX3 LIYY-JZ 3 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

SIGHT GLASS 221FG002 21.7 X3 1 X3 5 21.7 SIGHT GLASS 221FG002

POWER SUPPLEY IP-CONVERTOR 21.7 X3 2 X3 6 21.7 POWER SUPPLEY IP-CONVERTOR

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3061
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/PUX3
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3062
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/TT730 LIYCY-JZ 3 1.5

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

16.9 X6 1 1 TT730 16.7

16.10 X6 2 2 TT730 16.7

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER01 REV12 3062
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER01 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/TT730
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8
Bazellaan 5
B-1140 Brussels
Tel : ++32 2 728 38 11
Fax :++32 2 728 39 10

PROJECT : PX55-MCC
TENSION : 3x380-415V (+/-5%)
FREQUENCY : 50-60Hz
TYPE : TNS
Icc : MAX. 10kA
Inom: 63A

PROJECTN° ALFA LAVAL : 000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12

DRAWINGN° : 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12

DESIGNER : ASCH

AS BUILT ON : 27/07/2009 NUMBER OF PAGES : 58

APPROVED : MPTR
CHECKED : SRCH

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 1
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
FRONT PAGE
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 1a
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12


REVISION NUMBER
0 = 220 - 240VAC
1 = 380 - 415VAC
2 = 440 - 460VAC

0 = NO COMMUNICATION CARD
1 = WITH PROFIBUS CARD
2 = WITH ETHERNET CARD

SEPARATOR TYPE
PROJECTNUMBER ALFA LAVAL
000000 = STANDARD

REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE

01 FOR PRODUCTION 23.03.2006

02 ADAPTIONS MCC PAGE 16 PROTECTION FUSE, PAGE 21 EXTRA TERMINALS FOR ES, PAGE 23 DELETE TERMINALS X2 3 AND 4, ADAPTION CABLE TO 08.03.2007

TO JUNCTIONBOX SEPARATOR

03 REMOVED CONNECTION BETWEEN X6.2 AND X6.4 01.06.2007

04

05

06

07

08

09

10 CHANGING THE DRAWINGS FROM CONTROLLER C7-635 TO CPU314C-2DP AND OP177B 27.10.2008

11 CHANGING IP-CONVERTORS + VALVE BLOCK 18.02.2009

12 CHANGING CIRCUIT BREAKERS TELEMECHANIQUE INTO MERLIN GERIN 18.06.2009

13

14

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 1a
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
REVISION PAGE
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2
INDEX
PAGE PAGE DESCRIPTION DATE EDITED BY PAGE PAGE DESCRIPTION DATE EDITED BY
1 FRONT PAGE 15/07/2009 asch 3051 Cable diagram : W/220FG002 15/07/2009 asch
1a REVISION PAGE 26/06/2009 GSCH 3052 Cable diagram : W/221FG002 15/07/2009 asch
2 INDEX 15/07/2009 asch 3053 Cable diagram : W/300FI001 15/07/2009 asch
7 TECHNICAL DATA 30/06/2009 asch 3054 Cable diagram : W/300PS001 15/07/2009 asch
8 NOTES 27/10/2008 ASCH 3055 Cable diagram : W/JB1 15/07/2009 asch
9 NOTES 27/10/2008 ASCH 3056 Cable diagram : W/LIGHTBEACON 15/07/2009 asch
10 NOTES FOR CONSTRUCTION 27/10/2008 ASCH 3057 Cable diagram : W/M701 15/07/2009 asch
12 LAYOUT PANEL PX55 27/07/2009 asch 3058 Cable diagram : W/PU-X3 15/07/2009 asch
15 MAINS 15/07/2009 asch 3059 Cable diagram : W/PU-X5 27/07/2009 asch
16 DISTRIBUTION SEPARATOR 15/07/2009 asch 3060 Cable diagram : W/PU-X11 15/07/2009 asch
17 CONTROL VOLTAGE 15/07/2009 asch 3061 Cable diagram : W/PUX3 27/07/2009 asch
18 DISTRIBUTION CONTROL VOLTAGE 15/07/2009 asch 3062 Cable diagram : W/TT730 15/07/2009 asch
19 POWER DISTRIBUTION 24VDC 15/07/2009 asch
20 DISTRIBUTION 24VDC 15/07/2009 asch
21 SIGHT GLASS 24VDC 15/07/2009 asch
22 EMERGENCY STOP 15/07/2009 asch
23 POWER SUPPLY 15/07/2009 asch
24 PLC CONFIGURATION CPU & DISPLAY 4/11/2008 ASCH
25 POWER SUPPLY FOR CPU314C-2DP 15/07/2009 asch
25a PROFIBUS DP CARD 15/07/2009 asch
26 DIGITAL INPUTS I2.0-I2.7 CPU314C-2DP 15/07/2009 asch
27 DIGITAL INPUTS I0.0 - I0.7 CPU314C-2DP 15/07/2009 asch
28 DIGITAL INPUTS I1.0 - I1.7 CPU314C-2DP 27/07/2009 asch
29 DIGITAL OUTPUTS Q0.0 - Q0.7 CPU314C-2DP 15/07/2009 asch
30 DIGITAL OUTPUTS Q1.0 - Q1.7 CPU314C-2DP 15/07/2009 asch
31 ANALOG INPUTS PIW272 - PIW274 CPU314C-2DP 15/07/2009 asch
32 ANALOG INPUTS PIW276 - PIW278 CPU314C-2DP 15/07/2009 asch
33 SPARE PT100 CPU314C-2DP 30/10/2008 ASCH
34 IP-CONVERTORS 5/11/2008 ASCH
35 S7-300 : ANALOG INPUT PIW282 - PIW284 15/07/2009 asch
36 S7-300 : ANALOG INPUT 15/07/2009 asch
1000 PARTS LIST 15/07/2009 asch
1001 PARTS LIST 15/07/2009 asch
1002 PARTS LIST 15/07/2009 asch
2000 MIN - TERMINALS INTERNAL 0VDC 27/07/2009 asch
2001 X - TERMINALS INTERNAL 0VAC 18/06/2009 GSCH
2002 X1 - TERMINALS POWER CIRCUITS 380-415V 18/06/2009 GSCH
2003 X2 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 230VAC 18/06/2009 GSCH
2004 X3 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC 15/07/2009 asch
2005 X4 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DI 15/07/2009 asch
2006 X4 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DI 15/07/2009 asch
2007 X5 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DO 15/07/2009 asch
2008 X6 - TERMINALS ANALOGE CIRCUIT - MCC 27/07/2009 asch
2009 X7 - TERMINALS EMERGENCY STOP - MCC 18/06/2009 GSCH
3000 Cable overview : W/220-PIT001 - W/TT730 27/07/2009 asch
3050 Cable diagram : W/220-PIT001 15/07/2009 asch

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 2
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
INDEX
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 7
TECHNICAL SHEET

P&V Elektrotechniek
* CONSTRUCTOR : Industrieweg 10
B-3550 Heusden-Zolder
Site: www.pnv.be - email: [email protected]

* ENDCUSTOMER : -

* REFERENCES INSTALLATION :
- Installation description : 000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12
- refer.customer :
- Drawing number : 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12

* REFERENCES PANELS :
- main panel :
- auxil. panels :

* MAIN SUPPLY
- Tension : 3x380-415V (+/-5%)
- Frequency : 50-60Hz
- Type : TNS
- Icc : MAX. 10kA
- main isolator and bushbar : 63A

* CONTROL VOLTAGE 230VAC : 4A through power supplies 208- 600V/115-230VAC 1000VA

* CONTROL VOLTAGE 24Vdc : 10A through stabilised power supplies 230VAC/24VDC 10A
* CLASS EMERGENCY STOP : CLASSE 2

* ENVIRONMENT MAIN PANEL


- Protection : IP54 outside / IP20-B internal

- Temperature : between 10-40°Cel.


- Relative humidity : max. 80%
- Vibrations : --
- EX : Non-ex zone

* CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS : EN60.204-1(1994)

* ANOMALIS ON EN60.204 :
- Tested according to P&V-specifications

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 7
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
TECHNICAL DATA
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 8
COLOURS INTERNAL WIRING LABELING INTERNAL EQUIPEMENT
description coulor
12 U18
power circuits :
PHASE L1 BLACK PAGE
PHASE L2 BLACK LINE NUMBER
PHASE L3 BLACK
NEUTRAL BLUE (LIGHT) FUNCTIONAL CODE (IEC)

control circuits :
A EQUIPMENT GROUP :
AC CURRENT RED
AMPLIFIER,PLC,...
AC CURRENT.(COMMON.) RED
B TRANSDUCER : NON ELECTRICAL / ELECTRICAL QUANTITY
FLOW TRANSDUCER,LEVEL TRANSDUCER,...
DC CURRENT. DC + BLUE (DARK)
C CONDENSATOR
DC CURRENT. DC - BLUE (DARK)
D BINAIR ELEMENT,DECELERATION,MEMORY :
ANALOGUE SIGNALS LIYCY-JZ
E LIGHTING EQUIPMENT,HEATING EQUIPMENT
EXTERNALE TENSION ORANGE
F PROTECTION : CIRCUIT BREAKER,FUSE,THERM. OVERLOAD RELAY,..
CIRCUIT BREAKER,FUSE,THERM. OVERLOAD RELAY,..
CURRENT TRANSFORMER (SECUNDAIR) WHITE
G GENERATOR,POWER SUPPLY'S,...
H SIGNALLING DEVICE :
EARTH YELLOW/GREEN
INDICATION LIGHT,FLASH LIGHT,SIREN,...
K ELECTRICAL CONTROLED SWITCHGEAR :
CODES FOR INTERNAL WIRING
RELAY,CONTACTOR,TIME RELAY,...
Q INDUCTIVE ELEMENT :
CONTACT NUMBERING PARTEX COIL
M MOTORS
P MEASURING AND REGISTRATION DEVICE'S :
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS,RECORDER,PEN RECORDER,...
Q POWER SWITCH GEAR :
LOAD SWITCH BREAKER,MOTOR CIRCUIT BREAKER,...
R RESISTANCE,RHEOSTAT,...
S ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS :
SWITCH,PUSH BUTTON,LIMIT SWITCH,.....
T TRANSFORMER,....
U TRANSDUCER : ELECTRICAL / ELECTRICAL QUANTITY
SECTIONS INTERNAL WIRING FREQUENCY CONTROLLER,SOFTSTARTER,TRANSDUCER,..
V SEMICONDUCTOR :
description wiring DIODE,TWIN DIODE,TRANSISTOR,...
power circuits : AS INDICATED ON DIAGRAMS X TERMINAL BLOCS,CONNECTORS,SOCKET,...
OR min 2,5mm² - VOB/ST Y ELECTRICAL CONTROLLED MECHANICAL DEVICE :
control circuits : VALVE,BREAKE,...
STEERING (COILS,INDICATORS) : 1mm² - VOB/ST
PLC/ELECTRONIC EQUIPEMENT : 0,75mm² - VTB/ST
PLC/ BLOCS WITH 32 DI OR DO 0,5mm² - VTB/ST
ANALOGUE SIGNALS (EXCEPTION 0,4-20mA) : 0,75mm² - LIYCY

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 8
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
NOTES
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 9
MARKING OF TERMINAL ROWS SIZE OF TERMINALS
1 X 1 1,2,... NUMBER OF PANEL POWER : ACCORDING TO SIZE WIRE IN SCETCH,
TB 1,2,... TERMINALBOX MIN 4mm²-TERMINAL
OP 1,2,... OPERATOR PANEL CONTROLS : 2,5mm²-TERMINAL
LOCATION :
MP MOTOR PANEL

FUNCTIONCODE FOR TERMINAL


FUNCTION 0 DISTRIBUTION, INTERNAL MARKING OF CABLES
1 POWER CIRCUITS
2 CONTROL CIRCUITS 230Vac
3 CONTROL CIRCUITS 24Vdc
4 CONTROL CIRCUITS 24Vdc DI W/SEP001
5 CONTROL CIRCUITS 24Vdc DO
6 CONTROL CIRCUITS ANALOGUE CODE FOR CABLE
7 EMERGENCY STOP CIRCUITS ITEM NUMBER
8 CONTROL CIRCUIT 48VAC
9 MEASUREMENT CIRCUITS
10 COMMUNICATION SIGNALS

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 9
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
NOTES
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 10
ENGRAVED PLATES MOTOR CONTROL PANEL :
THE ENGRAVED PLATES ARE FIXED WITH DOUBLE SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE IDENTIFICATION AUXILAIRY APPARATUS:

1: PX55-MCC
3x380-415V (+/-5%) - 50-60Hz
PANEL IDENTIFICATION: STICKERS
Inom: 63A - Icc: MAX. 10kA
Alfa Laval N°: 000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 Dim: 120x55mm
Dim: 20x8mm
15S2
Character height: 8mm
Drawing N°: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 Color: yellow, characters black
Color: white, characters: blue
Texts according to diagram

2:

Dim: DIA: 60mm


Character height: 6.5mm
Color: yellow, characters black

Text: EMERGENCY STOP

3: 4: Dim: 30x45mm
RESET CONTROL Character height: 3mm
EMERGENCY VOLTAGE
STOP OK Color: white, characters black

Dim: 100x15mm
5: Character height: 6.5mm
MAIN SWITCH
Color: white, characters black

Dim: 100x10mm
6:
SEPERATOR CURRENT Character height: 6.5mm
Color: white, characters black

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 10
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
NOTES FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 12
800

18F12

18S12
18X1
17F4
18F3
18F6
18F9
1671 [HxB) 75x37.5

X
1622

[HxB) 75x50
4

20F12
20F14

17Q4

27U1
32U6
22K3

29K9
1539

19F4
20F2
20F4
20F7
20F9

21F2
21F7
1514 [HxB) 75x37.5
17H10
MIN

16P13
1384
24A4 1350 [HxB) 75x50
THIS BEACON IS PUT AWAY
FOR TRANSPORT IN THE
DOCUMENTHOLDER
INSIDE THE DOOR
1338
A 16F5 23K7
6

22S5

1188
2
BEACON
3
1088
1060 [HxB) 75x50
22S5.1

5 15S2
16U5

[HxB) 75x75
[HxB) 75x50
17T4

15S2

1800
24A14
852 24A6 24A12 19G3
12

DI8 / AI5 / AO2

PROFIBUS DP
DI16 / DO16

AI2
DIMENSIONS
280
410

DRILL HOLES
670X280mm

655 [HxB) 75x37.5

SPARE PLACE
FOR ET200S MODULES

670
800 399 [HxB) 75x75
18M12

X7

FOR INTERNAL WIRING


FOR INCOMING CABLES

FOR INTERNAL WIRING

FOR INCOMING CABLES

CABLES TRUNKING
CABLES TRUNKING
CABLES TRUNKING

CABLES TRUNKING

X3
(HxB) 75x75

(HxB) 75x75
(HxB) 75x50

X5

X2
230

X6

X4

X1
81 [HxB) 75x100

PE

38

248
276

476

662
150

400

594
200

DEPTH: 400mm

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 12
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
LAYOUT PANEL PX55
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

3x380-415V (+/-5%)
L1 / 16.1
L2 / 16.1
L3 / 16.1

2 4 6

15S2
63A 1 3 5

EARTH
-X1 1 2 3 PE

L1 L2 L3 PE

POWERSUPPLY

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 15
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
MAINS
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

3x380-415V (+/-5%)
L1 / 15.18 L1 / 17.1
L2 / 15.18 L2 / 17.1
L3 / 15.18 L3 / 17.1

1 3 5
11 C
-16F5
63A 12 NC
2 4 6

23.3

28.9
1 3 5
-23K7
23.7 11 13
2 4 6
-29K9 -22K3
29.9 12 14 22.3 14

-16U5
U1 V1 W1 22 RUN 24 25 FAULT 27 13 12 11 10
ABB ACS550-01-059-4
22 25 22kW HEAVY DUTY START

AGND

AO1
AI1
24 27
4-20mA current
28.17 28.15
U2 V2 W2 2 3 7 9- 8+

x1 21U4:8+ / 32.11

-16P13 A
0-100A
x2

21U4:9- / 32.11

EARTH EARTH

-X6 1 2
-W/TT730
-W/M701 LIYCY-JZ
1 2 3 1 2
2YSLCY-J 3x1.5
4x10

U1 V1 W1

-M701
M -TT730
18.5kW 3~
PE

SEPARATOR

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 16
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DISTRIBUTION SEPARATOR
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

3x380-415V (+/-5%)
L1 / 16.19 L1
L2 / 16.19 L2
L3 / 16.19 L3

PRI. I PRI.
1 3 5
17Q4 208V 5.79A 1-37/2-31
2,5-4A 230V 5.23A 1-36/2-31
380V 3.17A 31-38
I> I> I> 400V 3.01A 32-38
2 4 6 415V 2.90A 31-37
440V 2.73A 32-37
460V 2.62A 32-36
480V 2.51A 33-36
500V 2.41A 34-36
525V 2.29A 31-35
550V 2.19A 32-35
575V 2.09A 33-35
600V 2.00A 34-35

1 2

-17T4
....VAC/2x115VAC SEC. I SEC.
1000VA 115 0 115 0
50-60Hz 115V 8.70A 0-0 & 115-155
230V 4.35A 115-0

1
17F4
4A 2

-X 1

230VAC
L10 / 18.1
N1 / 18.1

x1
-17H10
WH x2

EARTH EARTH

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 17
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
CONTROL VOLTAGE
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

230VAC
L10 / 17.18 L10
N1 / 17.18 N1

1 1 1 1
18F3 18F6 18F9 18F12
4A 2 2A 2 2A 2 2A 2

-X 2 3 4 5

1
18S12
2

L10.2 / 19.2 L10.3 / 23.1


N2 / 19.2 N3 / 23.1

1 PE 2 L N
18X1
18M12
M
1~
PE

EARTH EARTH

SOCKET POWER CONTROL VAC FAN COOLING


24VDC PANEL

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 18
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DISTRIBUTION CONTROL VOLTAGE
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

CONTROL VOLTAGE
L10.2 / 18.6
N2 / 18.6

N L
-19G3
230VAC/24VDC
10A

- +

-19F4
10A 1

2
24VDC
MIN 1
L+ / 20.1
M / 20.1

EARTH EARTH

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 19
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
POWER DISTRIBUTION 24VDC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 20
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC
L+ / 19.18 L+ / 21.1
M / 19.18 M / 21.1

1 1 1 1 1 1
-20F2 -20F4 -20F7 -20F9 -20F12 -20F14
2A 2 2A 2 2A 2 2A 2 2A 2 2A 2

MIN 2 3 4 5 6 7

33
-22K3
22.3 34

24VDC.1 / 25.2 24VDC.2 / 26.2 24VDC.3 / 29.2 24VDC.4 / 30.2 24VDC.5 / 31.2 24VDC.6 / 22.2
0VDC.1 / 25.2 0VDC.2 / 26.2 0VDC.3 / 29.2 0VDC.4 / 29.15 0VDC.5 / 31.2 0VDC.6 / 22.2

EARTH EARTH

OP177 + DIGITAL DIGITAL DIGITAL ANALOG EMERGENCY


CPU314-2DP INPUTS OUTPUTS OUTPUTS INPUTS STOP
AFTER ES CIRCUIT

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 20
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DISTRIBUTION 24VDC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 21
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC
L+ / 20.19 L+
M / 20.19 M

1 1

21F2 -21F7
4A 2 2A 2

MIN 8 MIN 9

EARTH EARTH

-X3 1 2 3 4 5 6

W/220FG002 1 2
W/221FG002 1 2
W/PUX3 1 2
LIYY-JZ LIYY-JZ LIYY-JZ
3x1 3x1 3x1
220FG002

221FG002

X3 1 2
SEPERATOR
PU-PANEL
PAGE 16

SIGHT GLASS SIGHT GLASS POWER SUPPLEY


220FG002 221FG002 IP-CONVERTOR

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 21
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
SIGHT GLASS 24VDC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 22
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC
24VDC.6 / 20.15 24VDC.6
0VDC.6 / 20.15 0VDC.6

-X7 1

11
EXTERNAL
22S5 ES
12 (OPTIONAL)
MAKE BRIDGE
IN ATELIER

-X7 2

A1 S11 S12 13 23 33 43 51

A1
-22K3 PHOENIX CONTACT
A2 PSR-SCP-24UC/ESA2/4X1/1X2/B

A2 S33 S34 14 24 34 44 52

13
22S5.1
BLUE 14

EARTH EARTH

EMERGENCY STOP RELAY

2963802
13 14 16.13
23 24 26.3
33 34 20.9
43 44 23.3

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 22
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
EMERGENCY STOP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 23
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

L10.3 / 18.9
CONTROL VOLTAGE L10.3

11
16F5
16.5 12

43
-22K3
22.3 44

-X2 1

EXTERNAL
CONTACT
(OPTIONAL)
MAKE BRIDGE
IN ATELIER

A1
-X2 2
23K7
230VAC A2

N3 / 18.9 N3

EARTH EARTH
DRIVE MAIN
CONTACTOR
LC1
1 2 16.5
3 4 16.5
5 6 16.6
13 14 28.7
21 22

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 23
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
POWER SUPPLY
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 24
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

-24A12 -24A14
35.2
36.2 25a.2
-24A6 CPU 314 C-2 DP
DI 8xDC24V
DI16/DO16xDC24V AI 2x12 BIT
AI5/AO2x12Bit
25.2
26.1
27.1 SF SIEMENS
28.1 BF SF
29.2 DC5V
30.2 0 0 0
31.5 FRCE 1 1 1
32.5 RUN X1 X2
2 2 2
33.5 STOP

SIE.6GK7342-5DA02-0XE0
34.2 3 3 3
4 4 4
RUN
5 5 5
STOP
6 6 6

PROFIBUS DP
MRES
7 7 7

DI+2. DI+0. DO+0.

MPI DP IN IN OUT
DI+1. DO+1.

CONNECTOR
PHO.SUBCON
PROFIBSC2 0 0
1 1
2 2
3 3
4 4
5 5
6 6
L+

DC 24V
7 7
SIE.6XV1830-0EH10

314-6CF00-0AB0

CONNECTOR
PHO.SUBCON
PROFIBSC2

6AV6642-0DA01-1AX0

-24A4
25.11

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12
CP 2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE:
PLC CONFIGURATION CPU & DISPLAY N.PAGE:
24

REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 25


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC.1 / 20.3 24VDC.1 / 25a.2


0VDC.1 / 20.3 0VDC.1 / 25a.2

-24A6 X3 X4 1 2 -24A4 RS485 24V 0V


24.6 24.4

X3/MPI X4/DP 1/L+ 2/M X3/MPI 1/24V 2/0V

6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 1 OF 10 SIEMENS 6AV6642-0DC01-1AX0 PART 1 OF 1 SIEMENS

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 25
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
POWER SUPPLY FOR CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 25a
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC.1 / 25.18
0VDC.1 / 25.18

-24A14 1 2
24.14

1/L+ 2/M

SIE.6GK7342-5DA02-0XE0 PART 1 OF 1 SIEMENS

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 25a
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
PROFIBUS DP CARD
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 26
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC.2 / 20.5 24VDC.2 / 27.2


0VDC.2 / 20.5 0VDC.2 / 27.2

X4 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V

GY/BN 1 BN BU 2 3
-W/JB1 -W/300FI001 -W/300PS001 -W/PU-X11
Li2YCY PiMF LIYY-JZ IFM.EVT002 LIYY-JZ
10x2x1 3x1 4x0.34 4x1

-JB1 -X 43

BN

-PU -X11 2 3
1 3 29.7
29.15
23 1 1 30.2 SEPERATOR
-22K3 -GS760 -300FI001 -300PS001 34.4 PU-PANEL
22.3 24 2 4 PAGE 50

4
-X11 1

BU

-JB1 -X

BRIDGE IF NOT USED


42

MAKE BRIDGE
IN ATELIER

WH/PK 2 BK 1
-W/JB1 -W/300FI001 -W/300PS001 -W/PU-X11
Li2YCY PiMF LIYY-JZ IFM.EVT002 LIYY-JZ
10x2x1 3x1 4x0.34 4x1

X4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7

-24A6 X1 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
24.6

22/I2.0 23/I2.1 24/I2.2 25/I2.3 26/I2.4 27/I2.5 28/I2.6 29/I2.7 30/M

CONNECTOR: X1 TYPE 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 3 OF 10 SIEMENS

EMERGENCY COVER FLOW SWITCH PRESSURE EXTERNAL EXTERNAL EXTERNAL AIR


STOP INTERLOCKING 300FI001 SWITCH START PROD CLEAN PRESSURE
GS760 (OPTIONAL) 300PS001 INTERLOCK INTERLOCK INTERLOCK SWITCH
PU-PANEL

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 26
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DIGITAL INPUTS I2.0-I2.7 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 27
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC.2 / 26.18 24VDC.2 / 28.2


0VDC.2 / 26.18 0VDC.2 / 28.2

-X4 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V 24V 0V

-X4 14

PK
-W/JB1
Li2YCY PiMF
10x2x1

-JB1 -X 21

BN

-ST741A
-

BU

-JB1 -X 20

BU
-W/JB1
Li2YCY PiMF
10x2x1

-X4 15

-27U1
5+ 6- 1+ 2-

SPEED TRANSMITTER
KCD2-E2(P&F)

4+

-X4 8 9 10 11

-24A6 -X2 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
24.6

1/L+ 2/I0.0 3/I0.1 4/I0.2 5/I0.3 6/I0.4 7/I0.5 8/I0.6 9/I0.7

CONNECTOR : X2 TYPE 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 3 OF 10 SIEMENS

SPEED- SPEED 1 SPEED 1 SPARE SPEED 2 SPEED 2 SPARE SPARE


TRANSMITTER DIRECTION GATE DIRECTION GATE
-ST741A

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 27
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DIGITAL INPUTS I0.0 - I0.7 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 28
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC.2 / 27.18 24VDC.2


0VDC.2 / 27.18 0VDC.2

-X4 24V 0V 24V 0V

13 C 25 22
-23K7 -16F5 -16U5 -16U5
23.7 14 16.5 NC 16.8 27 16.7 24

-X4 12 13

-24A6 -X2 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
24.6

13/I1.1 14/I1.2 15/I1.3 16/I1.4 17/I1.5 18/I1.6 19/I1.7 20/1M

CONNECTOR : X2 TYPE 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 4 OF 10 SIEMENS

SPARE SPARE MAIN THERMAL SPEED 1 SPEED 2 FAULT RUN


CONTACTOR CONTACT LATCH LATCH FREQUENCY FREQUENCY
SEPARATOR SEPARATOR CONVERTOR CONVERTOR

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 28
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DIGITAL INPUTS I1.0 - I1.7 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 29
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

FED PUMP FLUSH WATER SLUDGE CHANNEL


INTERLOCK SEPARATOR ACCOUSTIC VISUAL UNDER BOWL FLUSH WATER
SPARE OR SPARE CENTRIZOON START / STOP ALARM ALARM (300AV004) (300AV005)

CONNECTOR: X2 TYPE 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 4 OF 10 SIEMENS

21/L+ 22/Q0.0 23/Q0.1 24/Q0.2 25/Q0.3 26/Q0.4 27/Q0.5 28/Q0.6 29/Q0.7 30/M

-24A6 -X2 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30
24.6

24VDC.3 / 20.7

-X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

12 2 3 1 2
-W/PU-X5 -W/LIGHTBEACON -W/PU-X5
LIYY-JZ LIYY-JZ LIYY-JZ
15x1 4x1 15x1

-PU -X5 13 -BEACON -PU -X5 2 3


26.17 26.17
A1 1 2
SEPERATOR
SEPERATOR -29K9 PU-PANEL
PU-PANEL 24VDC A2 C C PAGE 15
PAGE 15

-X5 1

1 14
-W/LIGHTBEACON -W/PU-X5
LIYY-JZ LIYY-JZ
4x1 15x1

-X5 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V

0VDC.3 / 20.7 0VDC.4 / 20.10 0VDC.4 / 30.2

2967060
14
11 16.12
12
24
21
22

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 29
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DIGITAL OUTPUTS Q0.0 - Q0.7 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 30
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

SAFETY WATER COLD SERVICE FEEDING SEALING HOT SERVICE OPERATING SMALL DISCHARGE BIG DISCHARGE BACK PRESSURE
VALVE WATER VALVE WATER VALVE WATER VALVE WATER VALVE VALVE VALVE VALVE
(300AV001) (300AV002) (300AV007) (300AV009) (300AV375) (506B) (506C) (220AV001)

CONNECTOR: X2 TYPE 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 5 OF 10 SIEMENS

31/L+ 32/Q1.0 33/Q1.1 34/Q1.2 35/Q1.3 36/Q1.4 37/Q1.5 38/Q1.6 39/Q1.7 40/M

-24A6 -X2 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40
24.6

24VDC.4 / 20.10

-X5 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
-W/PU-X2
LIYY-JZ
15x1

-PU -X2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11
26.17

SEPERATOR
PU-PANEL
PAGE 30

-X5 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V 0V

0VDC.4 / 29.18

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 30
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
DIGITAL OUTPUTS Q1.0 - Q1.7 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 31
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC.5 / 20.12 24VDC.5 / 32.2


0VDC.5 / 20.12 0VDC.5 / 32.2

-X6 5 -X6 9

-X6 3 4 -X6 6 7 8

-W/220-PIT001
LIYCY-JZ
4x1

220PIT001
1+ 3- 2S

-24A6 -X1 2 3 4 5 6 7
24.6

2/PIW 272 3/PIW 272 4/PIW 272 5/PIW 274 6/PIW 274 7/PIW 274

CONNECTOR: X1 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 7 OF 10 SIEMENS

POSITION PRESSURE
SENSOR TRANSMITTER
SEP01GS794 220PIT001

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 31
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
ANALOG INPUTS PIW272 - PIW274 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 32
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

24VDC.5 / 31.18 24VDC.5 / 35.2


0VDC.5 / 31.18 0VDC.5 / 36.18

-X6 10 11

RD BK
-W/JB1
Li2YCY PiMF
10x2x1

-JB1 32U6
26.3 -X 23 22 1 2 7 8
4-20mA
21U4:9- / 16.15
4-20mA
WT BK PHOENIX CONTACT 21U4:8+ / 16.15
5 6 MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I

+ -

-YT750

-24A6 -X1 8 9 10 11 12 13
24.6

8/PIW 276 9/PIW 276 10/PIW 276 11/PIW 278 12/PIW 278 13/PIW 278

CONNECTOR: X1 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 8 OF 10 SIEMENS

VIBRATION OUTPUT
TRANSMITTER CURRENT
YT750 SEPARATOR

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 32
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
ANALOG INPUTS PIW276 - PIW278 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 33
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

-X6 12 13 -X6 14 15

-24A6 X1 14 15
24.6

14/PIW280 15/PIW280

CONNECTOR: X1 6ES7314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 9 OF 10 SIEMENS

SPARE SPARE

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 33
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
SPARE PT100 CPU314C-2DP
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 34
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

CONNECTOR: X1 TYPE 6ES7 314-6CG03-0AB0 PART 10 OF 10 SIEMENS

U I U I C
16/PQW 272 17/PQW 272 18/PQW 274 19/PQW 274 20/MANA

-24A6 -X1 16 17 18 19 20
24.6

-SCR

-X6 16 17 18

1 2 3
-W/PU-X3
LIYCY-JZ
4x1

-SCR

-PU -X3 1 2 3
26.17

SEPERATOR
PU-PANEL
PAGE 50

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 34
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
IP-CONVERTORS
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 35
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

-PT729
0-250KPa

4 - 20mA
+ -

+ -

-JB1
26.3 -X 1 2

WH BN
-W/JB1
Li2YCY PiMF
10x2x1

-X6 19 20 -X6 21 22

32.18 / 24VDC.5

-24A12 X 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
24.12
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

+24V IW282 PIW282 IW282 IW284 PIW284 IW284


D

RACK 0 ANALOG INPUT BYTE 282-284 TYPE SIEMENS 6ES7331-7KB02-0AB0 PART 1 / 2 SLOT X

PRESSURE SPARE
TRANSMITTER
PT729

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 35
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
S7-300 : ANALOG INPUT PIW282 - PIW284
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 36
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

32.18 / 0VDC.5

-24A12 X 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20
24.12
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20

COMP+ COMP- 0V
MANA

RACK 0 ANALOG INPUT TYPE SIEMENS 6ES7331-7KB02-0AB0 PART 2 / 2 SLOT X

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 36
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
S7-300 : ANALOG INPUT
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 1000
BILL OF MATERIALS
QUANTITY ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER TYPE ORDER NUMBER

1 15S2 LOAD SWITCH INTERPACT INS63 3P FIXED MERLIN GERIN INS63 MG.28902

1 15S2 EXTENDED ROTARY HANDLE MERLIN GERIN INS40-160 MG.28941

1 15S2 TERMINAL SHIELDS FOR INS40/63/80A MERLIN GERIN INS MG.28957

1 16F5 FUSE SWITCH 3P 22X58mm WITH AUX.CONTACT LEGRAND SP58 LE.21636

3 16F5 CYLINDRICAL FUSE 22X58mm 63A WITH STRIKER LEGRAND gG LE.15563

1 16F5 REPLACING MICROSWITCH LEGRAND SP51-58 LE.21695

1 16P13 A-METER 96x96mm 0-100A 4-20mA SACI CC3Vs SA.CC3VS 0-100A/4-20MA

1 16U5 FREQUENCY CONVERTER 3x380/480VAC 30kW ABB ACS550 ABB.ACS550-01-059A-4

1 17F4 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/4A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61002

1 17H10 PILOTLAMP LED WHITE 230VAC TELEMECANIQUE XB5 TEL.XB5AVM1

1 17Q4 MOTOR CIRCUIT BREAKER 2.5-4A TELEMECANIQUE GV2 TEL.GV2ME08

1 17T4 TRANSFORMER 1PH 208-600V/ 2x115VAC 1000VA BLOCK BELGIUM USTE BLO.USTE 1000/2X115

1 18F3 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/4A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61002

1 18F6 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 18F9 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 18F12 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 18M12 ENCLOSURE VENT. 230VAC 18W 87m³/h 223x223mm IP55 ELDON EFP ELD.EFP250R5

2 18M12 EXHAUST FILTER 125x125mm IP54 ELDON EFA ELD.EFA200R5

1 18S12 THERMOSTAT COOLING 1NO ELDON ETR 201 ELD.ETR201

1 18X1 MODULAR CURRENT PLUG PIN EARTH 2P+E 230V/16A GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 2963828 PHO.SD-F/SC/GY

1 19F4 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/10A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61004

1 19G3 TRIO POWER SUPPLY 230VAC-24VDC 10A PHOENIX CONTACT 2866323 PHO.TRIO-PS/1AC/24DC/10

1 20F2 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 20F4 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 20F7 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 20F9 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 20F12 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 20F14 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 21F2 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/4A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61002

1 21F7 CIRCUIT BREAKER T60N 1P/2A CURVE C MERLIN GERIN T60N MG.61001

1 22K3 1-CHANNEL SAFETY RELAY 24VAC/DC 4NO/1NC PHOENIX CONTACT 2963802 PHO.PSR-SCP- 24UC/ESA2/4X1/1X2/B

1 22S5 SAFTY STOP PUSHBUTTON RED DIAM:22mm TELEMECANIQUE XB5 TEL.XB5AS542

1 22S5 PROTECTIVE COVER YELLOW TELEMECANIQUE ZBZ TEL.ZBZ1605

1 22S5.1 PUSHBUTTON BLUE 1NO DIAM.22mm TELEMECANIQUE XB5 TEL.XB5AA61

1 23K7 CONTACTOR 3P 65A 1NO+1NC 230V 50/60Hz TELEMECANIQUE LC1 TEL.LC1D65P7

1 24A4 OPERATOR PANEL SIMATIC OP177B SIEMENS TP177B SIE.6AV6642-0DC01-1AX0

1 24A4 ANGELED PROFIBUS CONNECTOR WITH SCREW CONNECTION PHOENIX CONTACT 2708232 PHO.SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/SC2

1 24A6 CPU 314C-2DP COMPACT CPU WITH MPI SIEMENS 6ES7314 SIE.6ES7314-6CG03-0AB0

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 1000
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
PARTS LIST
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 1001
BILL OF MATERIALS
QUANTITY ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER TYPE ORDER NUMBER

2 24A6 FRONT CONNECTOR 40 PIN SIEMENS 6ES7392 SIE.6ES7392-1AM00-0AA0

1 24A6 MICRO MEMORY EPROM 128K SIEMENS 6ES7953 SIE.6ES7953-8LG11-0AA0

1 24A6 ANGELED PROFIBUS CONNECTOR WITH SCREW CONNECTION PHOENIX CONTACT 2708232 PHO.SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/SC2

1 24A6 PROFILE FOR PLC 482mm SIEMENS 6ES7390 SIE.6ES7390-1AE80-0AA0

1 24A12 ANALOG INPUT 2 AI SIEMENS SM331 SIE.6ES7331-7KB02-0AB0

1 24A12 FRONT CONNECTOR 20 PIN SIEMENS 6ES7392 SIE.6ES7392-1AJ00-0AA0

1 24A14 COMMUNICATION PROCESSOR CP342-5 SIEMENS CP342-5 SIE.6GK7342-5DA02-0XE0

1 24A14 ANGELED PROFIBUS CONNECTOR WITH SCREW CONNECTION PHOENIX CONTACT 2708232 PHO.SUBCON-PLUS-PROFIB/SC2

1 27U1 SENSOR OUTPUT INTERFACE TERMINAL PEPPERL & FLUCHS KCD PF.KCD2-E2

1 29K9 INTERFACERELAY 2NO/NC 24VDC PHOENIX CONTACT 2967060 PHO.PLC-RSC- 24DC/21-21

1 32U6 MCR REPEATER POWER SUPPLIES INPUT SIGNAL: (0)4-20mA OUTPUT SIGNAL: (0)4-20mA PHOENIX CONTACT 2864422 PHO.MINI MCR-SL-RPS-I-I

1 BEACON BUZZER 90dB FOR PILOT BEACON TELEMECANIQUE XVD TEL.XVDC9B

1 BEACON BASE + COVER FOR PILOT BEACON TELEMECANIQUE XVD TEL.XVDC21

1 BEACON TUBE 100mm BLACK TELEMECANIQUE XVD TEL.XVDC02

1 BEACON ACCESSOIRE XVD TELEMECANIQUE XVD TEL.XVDC04

1 BEACON LIGHT MODUL FOR PILOT BEACON RED FLICKERING 24VAC/24...48VDC TELEMECANIQUE XVD TEL.XVDC4B4

1 BEACON PILOT LAMP LED 24VDC RED BA15D TELEMECANIQUE DL1 TEL.DL1BDB4

1 MCC-BOX ENCLOSURE 1800x800x400mm (HxWxD) ELDON MCS ELD.MCS18084R5

1 MCC-BOX PLINTH ELEMENT FRONT\BACK 200mm W.800mm ELDON PF ELD.PF2080

1 MCC-BOX LATERAL PLINTH 200mm DEPTH 400mm ELDON PS ELD.PS2040

1 MCC-BOX SIDEPANELS 1800x400mm (HxW) ELDON SPM ELD.SPM1804R5

1 MCC-BOX PLAN POCKET 800mm ELDON DRB ELD.DRB0303R5

1 MCC-BOX TRANSPORTATION EYEBOLT M12 ELDON LE ELD.LE9301

1 MCC-BOX PEN CONDUCTOR BUSBAR 3x10mm 1000mm PHOENIX CONTACT 0402174 PHO.NLS-CU 3/10 SN 1000MM

10 MCC-BOX SHIELD CONNECTION TERMINAL BLOCK D:8mm² WEIDMÜLLER 1753311001 WEI.KL BUE CO1

2 MIN END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 MIN COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030417 PHO.D-ST 2,5

9 MIN FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

2 X END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030417 PHO.D-ST 2,5

2 X1 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

3 X1 UNIVERSAL TERMINAL BLOCK 16mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3044199 PHO.UT 16

1 X1 GROUND TERMINAL BLOCK 16mm² GREEN/YELLOW PHOENIX CONTACT 3044212 PHO.UT 16-PE

3 X2 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

2 X2 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030417 PHO.D-ST 2,5

2 X2 FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

2 X3 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X3 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030417 PHO.D-ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 1001
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
PARTS LIST
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 1002
BILL OF MATERIALS
QUANTITY ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER TYPE ORDER NUMBER

6 X3 FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

2 X4 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X4 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3036660 PHO.D-ST 2,5-3L

15 X4 THREE-LEVEL TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2.5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3036042 PHO.ST 2,5-3L

2 X5 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X5 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3036660 PHO.D-ST 2,5-3L

16 X5 THREE-LEVEL TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2.5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3036097 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L

2 X6 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X6 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030459 PHO.D-STTB 2,5

2 X6 DOUBLE SUPPORT FOR ASSEMBLY ON NS 35 DIN RAIL PHOENIX CONTACT 3026900 PHO.AB-SK 65-D

10 X6 2-LEVEL SPRING-CAGE TERMINAL 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031270 PHO.STTB 2,5

1 X6 THREE-LEVEL TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2.5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3036042 PHO.ST 2,5-3L

2 X7 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X7 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030417 PHO.D-ST 2,5

2 X7 FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

5 X FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 1002
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
PARTS LIST
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2000
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
MIN

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 19G3 - 19.3 PHO.ST 2,5


2 20.2 PHO.ST 2,5
X4 0V 3 20.5 PHO.ST 2,5
X5 0V 4 20.7 PHO.ST 2,5
X5 0V 5 20.10 PHO.ST 2,5
X6 5 6 20.12 PHO.ST 2,5
7 20.14 PHO.ST 2,5
SIGHT GLASS 220FG002 X3 2 8 21.3 PHO.ST 2,5
POWER SUPPLEY IP-CONVERTOR X3 6 9 M 21.8 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 2000
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
MIN - TERMINALS INTERNAL 0VDC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2001
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

17H10 x2 1 17T4 0 17.5 PHO.ST 2,5


18X1 2 2 18.4 PHO.ST 2,5
19G3 N 3 18.6 PHO.ST 2,5
23K7 A2 4 18.9 PHO.ST 2,5
18M12 N 5 N1 18.12 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 2001
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X - TERMINALS INTERNAL 0VAC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2002
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X1

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 15S2 1 15.2 PHO.UT 16


2 15S2 3 15.2 PHO.UT 16
3 15S2 5 15.2 PHO.UT 16
PE 15.3 PHO.UT 16-PE

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 2002
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X1 - TERMINALS POWER CIRCUITS 380-415V
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2003
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X2

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 22K3 44 23.3 PHO.ST 2,5


23K7 A1 2 23.3 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 2003
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X2 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 230VAC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2004
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X3

W/PUX3

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER
LIYY-JZ 3x1 mm²
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

SIGHT GLASS 220FG002 1 21F2 2 21.2 PHO.ST 2,5


SIGHT GLASS 220FG002 2 MIN 8 21.3 PHO.ST 2,5
SIGHT GLASS 221FG002 3 21.5 PHO.ST 2,5
SIGHT GLASS 221FG002 4 21.5 PHO.ST 2,5
SIGHT GLASS 221FG002 1 X3 1 5 21F7 2 21.7 PHO.ST 2,5
POWER SUPPLEY IP-CONVERTOR 2 X3 2 6 MIN 9 21.8 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 2004
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X3 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2005
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X4

W/300PS001
W/300FI001
W/300PS001

W/300FI001

W/PU-X11
W/PU-X11

W/JB1
W/JB1

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
Li2YCY PiMF 10x2x1
IFM.EVT002 4x0.34

TERMINAL

Li2YCY PiMF 10x2x1

IFM.EVT002 4x0.34
JUMPER
LIYY-JZ 4x1 mm²

LIYY-JZ 3x1 mm²

LIYY-JZ 3x1 mm²

LIYY-JZ 4x1 mm²


TARGET TARGET

mm²

mm²
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

mm²

mm²
1 JB1-X 42 WH/PK 26.5 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
GY/BN JB1-X 43 24V 22K3 23 26.5
0V MIN 3 26.5
2 300FI001 2 2 26.7 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
1 300FI001 1 24V 26.7
0V 26.7
3 300PS001 4 BK 26.9 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
BN 300PS001 1 24V 26.9
BU 300PS001 3 0V 26.9
4 26.11 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 26.11
0V 26.12
5 26.13 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 26.13
0V 26.13
6 26.15 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 26.15
0V 26.16
7 PU-X11 1 1 26.17 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
2 PU-X11 2 24V 26.17
3 PU-X11 3 0V 26.18
8 27.3 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 27.2
0V 27.2
9 27.9 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 27.8
0V 27.9
10 27.15 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 27.15
0V 27.16
11 27.17 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 27.17
0V 27.18
12 28.3 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 28.3

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 2005
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X4 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DI
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2006
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X4

W/JB1
W/JB1

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
Li2YCY PiMF 10x2x1

TERMINAL

Li2YCY PiMF 10x2x1


JUMPER
TARGET TARGET

mm²
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

mm²
0V 28.3
13 28.5 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
24V 23K7 13 28.5
0V 28.5
PK JB1-X 21 14 27.4 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
15 JB1-X 20 BU 27.4 PHO.ST 2,5-3L

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 2006
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X4 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DI
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2007
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X5

W/PU-X5
W/PU-X5

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL
LIYY-JZ 15x1 mm²

JUMPER

LIYY-JZ 15x1 mm²


TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 29.3 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L


MIN 4 0V 29.3
2 29.5 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 4 0V 29.5
12 PU-X5 13 3 29.7 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 4 0V 29.7
29K9 A1 4 29.9 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 4 0V 29K9 A2 29.9
5 29.11 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 4 0V 29.11
6 29.13 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 4 0V 29.13
1 PU-X5 2 7 29.15 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 5 0V PU-X5 1 14 29.15
2 PU-X5 3 8 29.18 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
MIN 5 0V 29.18
PU-X2 4 9 30.3 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.3
PU-X2 5 10 30.5 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.5
PU-X2 6 11 30.7 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.7
PU-X2 7 12 30.9 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.9
PU-X2 8 13 30.11 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.11
PU-X2 9 14 30.13 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.13
PU-X2 10 15 30.15 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.15
PU-X2 11 16 30.18 PHO.ST 2,5-PE/L/L
0V 30.18

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 2007
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X5 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DO
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2008
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X6

W/220-PIT001

W/TT730
W/PU-X3

W/JB1

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
LIYCY-JZ 3x1.5 mm²

CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
Li2YCY PiMF 10x2x1

TERMINAL
LIYCY-JZ 4x1 mm²

LIYCY-JZ 4x1 mm²

JUMPER
TARGET TARGET

mm²
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 TT730 1 16.9 PHO.STTB 2,5


2 TT730 2 16P13 x1 16.10
3 20F12 2 31.5 PHO.STTB 2,5
4 31.6
5 MIN 6 31.8 PHO.STTB 2,5
220PIT001 1+ 6 32U6 7 31.10
220PIT001 3- 7 31.10 PHO.STTB 2,5
220PIT001 2S 8 31.11
9 32U6 8 31.13 PHO.STTB 2,5
RD JB1-X 23 10 32U6 2 32.5
BK JB1-X 22 11 32U6 1 32.6 PHO.STTB 2,5
12 33.8
13 33.9 PHO.STTB 2,5
14 33.13
15 33.14 PHO.STTB 2,5
1 PU-X3 1 16 34.5
2 PU-X3 2 17 34.11 PHO.ST 2,5-3L
3 PU-X3 3 18 34.13
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PT729 WH JB1-X 1 19 35.5 PHO.STTB 2,5
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PT729 BN JB1-X 2 20 35.5
SPARE 21 35.8 PHO.STTB 2,5
SPARE 22 35.9

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 2008
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X6 - TERMINALS ANALOGE CIRCUIT - MCC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2009
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X7

CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 22S5 11 22.8 PHO.ST 2,5


2 22.8 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 2009
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X7 - TERMINALS EMERGENCY STOP - MCC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3000
CABLE OVERVIEW
ALL CONDUCTORS CROSS-SECTION LENGTH
CABLE NAME SOURCE (FROM) TARGET (TO) CABLE TYPE REMARKS
CONDUCTORS USED [MM] [M]
W/220-PIT001 X6 220PIT001 LIYCY-JZ 4 3 1
W/220FG002 X3 220FG002 LIYY-JZ 3 2 1
W/221FG002 X3 221FG002 LIYY-JZ 3 2 1
W/300FI001 X4 300FI001 LIYY-JZ 3 2 1
W/300PS001 X4 300PS001 IFM.EVT002 4 3 0.34
W/JB1 JB1-X X4 Li2YCY PiMF 10x2 8 1
X6
W/LIGHTBEACON X5 BEACON LIYY-JZ 4 3 1
W/M701 16U5 M701 2YSLCY-J 4 3 10
W/PU-X3 PU-X3 X6 LIYCY-JZ 4 3 1
W/PU-X5 PU-X5 X5 LIYY-JZ 15 4 1
W/PU-X11 PU-X11 X4 LIYY-JZ 4 3 1
W/PUX3 X3 LIYY-JZ 3 2 1
W/TT730 X6 TT730 LIYCY-JZ 3 2 1.5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3000
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable overview : W/220-PIT001 - W/TT730
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3050
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/220-PIT001 LIYCY-JZ 4 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

31.10 X6 6 220PIT001 1+ 31.10

31.10 X6 7 220PIT001 3- 31.10

31.11 X6 8 220PIT001 2S 31.11

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3050
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/220-PIT001
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3051
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/220FG002 LIYY-JZ 3 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

SIGHT GLASS 220FG002 21.2 X3 1 1 220FG002 21.2 SIGHT GLASS 220FG002

SIGHT GLASS 220FG002 21.3 X3 2 2 220FG002 21.2 SIGHT GLASS 220FG002

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3051
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/220FG002
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3052
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/221FG002 LIYY-JZ 3 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

SIGHT GLASS 221FG002 21.5 X3 3 1 221FG002 21.5 SIGHT GLASS 221FG002

SIGHT GLASS 221FG002 21.5 X3 4 2 221FG002 21.5 SIGHT GLASS 221FG002

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3052
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/221FG002
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3053
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/300FI001 LIYY-JZ 3 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

26.7 X4 24V 1 300FI001 1 26.7

26.7 X4 2 2 300FI001 2 26.7

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3053
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/300FI001
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3054
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/300PS001 IFM.EVT002 4 0.34

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

26.9 X4 3 BK 300PS001 4 26.9

26.9 X4 24V BN 300PS001 1 26.9

26.9 X4 0V BU 300PS001 3 26.9

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3054
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/300PS001
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3055
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/JB1 Li2YCY PiMF 10x2 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

32.6 JB1-X 22 BK X6 11 32.6

PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PT729 35.5 JB1-X 2 BN X6 20 35.5 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PT729

27.4 JB1-X 20 BU X4 15 27.4

26.5 JB1-X 43 GY/BN X4 24V 26.5

27.4 JB1-X 21 PK X4 14 27.4

32.5 JB1-X 23 RD X6 10 32.5

PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PT729 35.5 JB1-X 1 WH X6 19 35.5 PRESSURE TRANSMITTER PT729

26.5 JB1-X 42 WH/PK X4 1 26.5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3055
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/JB1
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3056
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/LIGHTBEACON LIYY-JZ 4 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

29.11 X5 0V 1 BEACON C 29.13

29.11 X5 5 2 BEACON 1 29.11

29.13 X5 6 3 BEACON 2 29.13

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3056
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/LIGHTBEACON
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3057
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/M701 2YSLCY-J 4 10

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

16.5 16U5 U2 1 M701 U1 16.5

16.5 16U5 V2 2 M701 V1 16.5

16.6 16U5 W2 3 M701 W1 16.5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3057
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/M701
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3058
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/PU-X3 LIYCY-JZ 4 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

34.5 PU-X3 1 1 X6 16 34.5

34.11 PU-X3 2 2 X6 17 34.11

34.13 PU-X3 3 3 X6 18 34.13

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3058
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/PU-X3
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3059
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/PU-X5 LIYY-JZ 15 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

29.15 PU-X5 2 1 X5 7 29.15

29.18 PU-X5 3 2 X5 8 29.18

29.7 PU-X5 13 12 X5 3 29.7

29.15 PU-X5 1 14 X5 0V 29.15

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3059
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/PU-X5
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3060
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/PU-X11 LIYY-JZ 4 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

26.17 PU-X11 1 1 X4 7 26.17

26.17 PU-X11 2 2 X4 24V 26.17

26.18 PU-X11 3 3 X4 0V 26.18

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3060
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/PU-X11
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3061
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/PUX3 LIYY-JZ 3 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

SIGHT GLASS 221FG002 21.7 X3 1 1 X3 5 21.7 SIGHT GLASS 221FG002

POWER SUPPLEY IP-CONVERTOR 21.8 X3 2 2 X3 6 21.8 POWER SUPPLEY IP-CONVERTOR

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3061
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/PUX3
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3062
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/TT730 LIYCY-JZ 3 1.5

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

16.9 X6 1 1 TT730 16.7

16.10 X6 2 2 TT730 16.7

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VER11 REV12 3062
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (MCC) VER11 REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/TT730
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8
Bazellaan 5
B-1140 Brussels
Tel : ++32 2 728 38 11
Fax :++32 2 728 39 10

PROJECT : PX55-PU
TENSION : 24VDC
FREQUENCY :
TYPE : TNS
Icc : MAX. 10kA
Inom:

PROJECTN° ALFA LAVAL : 000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12

DRAWINGN° : 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12

DESIGNER : ASCH

AS BUILT ON : 27/07/2009 NUMBER OF PAGES : 24

APPROVED : MPTR
CHECKED : SRCH

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 1
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
FRONT PAGE
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 1a
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12


REVISION NUMBER
0 = 220 - 240VAC
1 = 380 - 415VAC
2 = 440 - 460VAC

0 = NO COMMUNICATION CARD
1 = WITH PROFIBUS CARD
2 = WITH ETHERNET CARD

SEPARATOR TYPE
PROJECTNUMBER ALFA LAVAL
000000 = STANDARD

REVISION DESCRIPTION DATE

01 FOR PRODUCTION 23.03.2006

02 ADAPTIONS MCC PAGE 16 PROTECTION FUSE, PAGE 21 EXTRA TERMINALS FOR ES, PAGE 23 DELETE TERMINALS X2 3 AND 4, ADAPTION CABLE TO 08.03.2007

TO JUNCTIONBOX SEPARATOR

03 REMOVED CONNECTION BETWEEN X6.2 AND X6.4 01.06.2007

04

05

06

07

08

09

10 CHANGING THE DRAWINGS FROM CONTROLLER C7-635 TO CPU314C-2DP AND OP177B 27.10.2008

11 CHANGING IP-CONVERTORS + VALVE BLOCK 18.02.2009

12 CHANGING CIRCUIT BREAKERS TELEMECHANIQUE INTO MERLIN GERIN 18.06.2009

13

14

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 1a
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
REVISION PAGE
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2
INDEX
PAGE PAGE DESCRIPTION DATE EDITED BY PAGE PAGE DESCRIPTION DATE EDITED BY
1 FRONT PAGE 9/02/2009 gsch
1a REVISION PAGE 26/06/2009 GSCH
2 INDEX 1/07/2009 asch
7 TECHNICAL DATA 1/07/2009 asch
8 NOTES 27/10/2008 ASCH
9 NOTES 27/10/2008 ASCH
10 NOTES FOR CONSTRUCTION 27/10/2008 ASCH
13 LAYOUT PANEL PX55 PU 1/07/2009 asch
15 CONTROL SOLENOIDS VALVES 1/07/2009 asch
16 CONTROL PRESSURE SWITCH AND IP-CONVERTORS 1/07/2009 asch
17 PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM 1/07/2009 asch
18 PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM VALVE BLOCK 1/07/2009 asch
19 PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM VALVE BLOCK 1/07/2009 asch
1000 PARTS LIST 1/07/2009 asch
1001 PARTS LIST 1/07/2009 asch
2000 X3 - 1/07/2009 asch
2001 X4 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DI 1/07/2009 asch
2002 X5 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DO 1/07/2009 asch
2003 X6 - TERMINALS ANALOGE CIRCUIT - MCC 1/07/2009 asch
3000 Cable overview : W/PU-X4 - W/PUX3 1/07/2009 asch
3050 Cable diagram : W/PU-X4 1/07/2009 asch
3051 Cable diagram : W/PU-X5 1/07/2009 asch
3052 Cable diagram : W/PU-X6 1/07/2009 asch
3053 Cable diagram : W/PUX3 1/07/2009 asch

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 2
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
INDEX
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 7
TECHNICAL SHEET

P&V Elektrotechniek
* CONSTRUCTOR : Industrieweg 10
B-3550 Heusden-Zolder
Site: www.pnv.be - email: [email protected]

* ENDCUSTOMER : -

* REFERENCES INSTALLATION :
- Installation description : 000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12
- refer.customer :
- Drawing number : 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12

* REFERENCES PANELS :
- main panel :
- auxil. panels :

* MAIN SUPPLY
- Tension : 24VDC
- Frequency :
- Type : TNS
- Icc : MAX. 10kA
- main isolator and bushbar :

* CONTROL VOLTAGE 230VAC :

* CONTROL VOLTAGE 24VDC : From MCC panel


* CLASS EMERGENCY STOP : CLASSE 2

* ENVIRONMENT MAIN PANEL


- Protection : IP54 outside / IP20-B internal

- Temperature : between 10-40°Cel.


- Relative humidity : max. 80%
- Vibrations : --
- EX : Non-ex zone

* CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS : EN60.204-1(1994)

* ANOMALIS ON EN60.204 :
- Tested according to P&V-specifications

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 7
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
TECHNICAL DATA
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 8
COLOURS INTERNAL WIRING LABELING INTERNAL EQUIPEMENT
description coulor
12 U18
power circuits :
PHASE L1 BLACK PAGE
PHASE L2 BLACK LINE NUMBER
PHASE L3 BLACK
NEUTRAL BLUE (LIGHT) FUNCTIONAL CODE (IEC)

control circuits :
A EQUIPMENT GROUP :
AC CURRENT RED
AMPLIFIER,PLC,...
AC CURRENT.(COMMON.) RED
B TRANSDUCER : NON ELECTRICAL / ELECTRICAL QUANTITY
FLOW TRANSDUCER,LEVEL TRANSDUCER,...
DC CURRENT. DC + BLUE (DARK)
C CONDENSATOR
DC CURRENT. DC - BLUE (DARK)
D BINAIR ELEMENT,DECELERATION,MEMORY :
ANALOGUE SIGNALS LIYCY-JZ
E LIGHTING EQUIPMENT,HEATING EQUIPMENT
EXTERNALE TENSION ORANGE
F PROTECTION : CIRCUIT BREAKER,FUSE,THERM. OVERLOAD RELAY,..
CIRCUIT BREAKER,FUSE,THERM. OVERLOAD RELAY,..
CURRENT TRANSFORMER (SECUNDAIR) WHITE
G GENERATOR,POWER SUPPLY'S,...
H SIGNALLING DEVICE :
EARTH YELLOW/GREEN
INDICATION LIGHT,FLASH LIGHT,SIREN,...
K ELECTRICAL CONTROLED SWITCHGEAR :
CODES FOR INTERNAL WIRING
RELAY,CONTACTOR,TIME RELAY,...
Q INDUCTIVE ELEMENT :
CONTACT NUMBERING PARTEX COIL
M MOTORS
P MEASURING AND REGISTRATION DEVICE'S :
MEASURING INSTRUMENTS,RECORDER,PEN RECORDER,...
Q POWER SWITCH GEAR :
LOAD SWITCH BREAKER,MOTOR CIRCUIT BREAKER,...
R RESISTANCE,RHEOSTAT,...
S ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT FOR CONTROL CIRCUITS :
SWITCH,PUSH BUTTON,LIMIT SWITCH,.....
T TRANSFORMER,....
U TRANSDUCER : ELECTRICAL / ELECTRICAL QUANTITY
SECTIONS INTERNAL WIRING FREQUENCY CONTROLLER,SOFTSTARTER,TRANSDUCER,..
V SEMICONDUCTOR :
description wiring DIODE,TWIN DIODE,TRANSISTOR,...
power circuits : AS INDICATED ON DIAGRAMS X TERMINAL BLOCS,CONNECTORS,SOCKET,...
OR min 2,5mm² - VOB/ST Y ELECTRICAL CONTROLLED MECHANICAL DEVICE :
control circuits : VALVE,BREAKE,...
STEERING (COILS,INDICATORS) : 1mm² - VOB/ST
PLC/ELECTRONIC EQUIPEMENT : 0,75mm² - VTB/ST
PLC/ BLOCS WITH 32 DI OR DO 0,5mm² - VTB/ST
ANALOGUE SIGNALS (EXCEPTION 0,4-20mA) : 0,75mm² - LIYCY

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 8
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
NOTES
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 9
MARKING OF TERMINAL ROWS SIZE OF TERMINALS
1 X 1 1,2,... NUMBER OF PANEL POWER : ACCORDING TO SIZE WIRE IN SCETCH,
TB 1,2,... TERMINALBOX MIN 4mm²-TERMINAL
OP 1,2,... OPERATOR PANEL CONTROLS : 2,5mm²-TERMINAL
LOCATION :
MP MOTOR PANEL

FUNCTIONCODE FOR TERMINAL


FUNCTION 0 DISTRIBUTION, INTERNAL MARKING OF CABLES
1 POWER CIRCUITS
2 CONTROL CIRCUITS 230Vac
3 CONTROL CIRCUITS 24Vdc
4 CONTROL CIRCUITS 24Vdc DI W/SEP001
5 CONTROL CIRCUITS 24Vdc DO
6 CONTROL CIRCUITS ANALOGUE CODE FOR CABLE
7 EMERGENCY STOP CIRCUITS ITEM NUMBER
8 CONTROL CIRCUIT 48VAC
9 MEASUREMENT CIRCUITS
10 COMMUNICATION SIGNALS

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 9
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
NOTES
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 10
ENGRAVED PLATES MOTOR CONTROL PANEL :
THE ENGRAVED PLATES ARE FIXED WITH DOUBLE SIDED ADHESIVE TAPE IDENTIFICATION AUXILAIRY APPARATUS:

1: PX55-PU
24VDC -
PANEL IDENTIFICATION: STICKERS
Inom: - Icc: MAX. 10kA
Alfa Laval N°: 000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 Dim: 120x55mm
Dim: 20x8mm
51Y4
Character height: 8mm
Drawing N°: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 Color: yellow, characters black
Color: white, characters: blue
Texts according to diagram

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 10
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
NOTES FOR CONSTRUCTION
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 13
-300AV005 -300AV004
-300AV002 -300AV001
-300AV009 -300AV007
-300AV375

-SPARE1
-SPARE3
-220AV001 -506C
-508B
12

600 600

-SPARE2
-SPARE4
-508A
-506B
14

VALVE-BLOCK

-17S6

-PS
7

400 DIMENSIONS 400


DRILL HOLES -506A
560x360mm MOUNTED ON
PARTIAL

-X5

-X3
-X6
-X4
MOUNTING PLATE

AIR OUT4 VALVE BLOCK

AIR OUT5 VALVE BLOCK


AIR OUT1 PANEL
SEP LC508a
210

OUT2

OUT3
DRAIN
INLET
M20 M16

SEP LC508b

506A
Discription:
1 4 7 10 13
1: 300AV004 9: 506C
2: 300AV005 10: 220AV001
3: 300AV002 11: 508B
4: 300AV001 12: 508A
2 5 8 11 14 16 5: 300AV007 13: SPARE1
6: 300AV009 14: SPARE2
7: 300AV375 15: SPARE3
8: 506B 16: SPARE4
3 6 9 12 15

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 13
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
LAYOUT PANEL PX55 PU
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 15
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

-MCC
16.1

SEPERATOR MCC-PANEL
PAGE 29 AND 30

-X5 0V 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 3

14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 12
-W/PU-X5
LIYY-JZ
15x1

-X5 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 13

BN
AND BK GN WH GY YE BU PK VT RD RD/BU GY/PK WH/GN

X1 x1 x1 x1 x1 x1 x1 x1 x1 x1 x1
-300 -300 -300 -300 -300 -300 -300 -220 -CENTRI
-506B -506C
AV004 X2
AV005 x2
AV001 x2
AV002 x2
AV007 x2
AV009 x2
AV375 x2 18.14 x2 19.7 x2
AV001 x2
ZOON x2
18.7 18.7 18.9 18.9 18.11 18.12 18.13 19.7 19.9

-VALVE_BLOCK
18.3
19.5
EARTH EARTH

FLUSHING WATER SLUDGE CHANNEL SAFETY WATER COLD SERVICE FEED DEALING HOT SERVICE OPERATING SMALL DISCHARGE BIG DISCHARGE BACK CENTRIZOON
UNDER BOWL FLUSHING WATER VALVE WATER VALVE WATER VALVE WATER VALVE WATER VALVE VALVE VALVE PRESSURE VALVE

300AV004 300AV005 300AV001 300AV002 300AV007 300AV009 300AV375 506B 506C 220AV001

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 15
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
CONTROL SOLENOIDS VALVES
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

-MCC
15.1

SEPERATOR MCC-PANEL
SEPERATOR MCC-PANEL
PAGE 21
PAGE 26
PAGE 34

-X3 5 6 -X6 16 18 17 -X4 24V 0V 7

1 2 1 3 2
-W/PUX3 -W/PU-X6
LIYY-JZ LIYCY-JZ
3x1 4x1

2 3 1
-W/PU-X4
LIYY-JZ
4x1

-X3 1 2 -X6 1 3 -X3 3 4-X6 2 4 -X4 2 3 1

BN

BU
-SCR
-PS
WH

GN
BN

BU
GY

YE
17.8 1 3

-506A
17.16 1 2 5 7 4 3

+24 -24 + - P
VDC VDC 4-20mA
4

BK
EARTH EARTH
IP-CONVERTOR
0-6BAR
506A
PRESSURE
SWITCH
6BAR

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 16
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
CONTROL PRESSURE SWITCH AND IP-CONVERTORS
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 17
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

-MAIN IN

AIR IN

-OUT1-
8mm

PANEL
BREATHER FILTER -OUT3-

-DRAIN- -INLET -SEP-LC508A -506A-


FIELD

-506A
PCN-4NT

PUN-H-8x1.25-BL

PUN-H-6x1-BL

PUN-H-8x1.25-BL

PUN-H-6x1-BL
16.7
X
+W

-W

E E
-17S6 P P
-PS
16.15 3
2

P 1
2
3
1

1 2 8mm 8mm 8mm


P / 18.5

PROPORTIONAL
PRESSURE PRESSURE
SWITCH REGULATOR

PRESSURE
REGULATOR
FILTER 0.5-12bar
40µm

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 17
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 18
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

-VALVE_BLOCK 1 1 1 1
15.1 82/84 82/84 82/84 82/84
3 3 3 3
5 5 5 5
12/14 12/14 12/14 12/14

K K K K
12 12 12 12

3/5 1 -300AV004 -300AV001 -300AV007 -300AV375


15.2 15.5 15.8 15.11
14 14 14 14
PUN-H-DUO-10x1.5-BL

-300AV005 -300AV002 -300AV009 -506B


FRONT (2)

FRONT (2)

FRONT (2)

FRONT (2)
REAR (4)

REAR (4)

REAR (4)

REAR (4)
15.3 15.6 15.9 15.12
PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BK

PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BK

PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BK

PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BK
PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BL

PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BL

PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BL

PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BL
17.18 / P P / 19.15

FIELD
-300AV004

-300AV005

-300AV001

-300AV002

-300AV007

-300AV009

-300AV375

-506B
SMALL DISCHARGE
SLUDGE CHANNEL
FLUSHING WATER

FEED DEALING
WATER VALVE

WATER VALVE

WATER VALVE
SAFETY WATER

HOT SERVICE
-OUT4-
FLUSHING WATER

COLD SERVICE
WATER VALVE

OPERATING
UNDER BOWL

VALVE
VALVE

BREATHER
VALVE BLOCK

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 18
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM VALVE BLOCK
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 19
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19

-VALVE_BLOCK
15.1 1 1 1 1 1
82/84 82/84 82/84 82/84 82/84
3 3 3 3 3
5 5 5 5 5
12/14 12/14 12/14 12/14 12/14

K M L L
12

12

-506C 3/5 1
15.14
14

PUN-H-DUO-10x1.5-BL
-CENTRIZOON
15.17

-220AV001
FRONT (2)

FRONT (2)
REAR (4)

REAR (4)
15.15

2 4 2 4

PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BK

PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BK

PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BK
PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BL

PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BL

PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BL

PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BL
PUN-H-DUO-6x1-BK

18.5 / P

FIELD
-220AV001

-SPARE1

-SPARE2

-SPARE3

-SPARE4
508B
-506C

-508A
NORMAL ACTIVATION

NORMAL ACTIVATION

-OUT5-
PRESSURE VALVE
BIG DISCHARGE

CENTRIZOON

CENTRIZOON
300AV009

300AV009
VALVE

BACK

BREATHER
VALVE BLOCK

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 19
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
PNEUMATIC DIAGRAM VALVE BLOCK
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 1000
BILL OF MATERIALS
QUANTITY ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER TYPE ORDER NUMBER

1 17S6 HFOE-D-MINI // MOUNTING BRACKET FESTO HFOE-D-MINI FES.159638

1 17S6 LFR-1/4-D-MINI // FILTER REGULATOR FESTO LFR-1/4-D-MINI FES.159631

1 17S6 QSL-1/4-8 // PUSH-IN/THREADED L-FITTING FESTO QSL-1/4-8 FES.153049

1 17S6 QST-1/4-8 // PUSH-IN T-FITTING FESTO QST-1/4-8 FES.153110

1 220AV001 QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 300AV001 QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 300AV002 QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 300AV004 QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 300AV005 QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 300AV007 QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 300AV009 QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 300AV375 QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 506A VPPM-6L-L-1-G18-0L6H-A4P-C1 // PROPORTIONAL PRESSURE REGULATOR FESTO VPPM-6L-L-1-G18-0L6H-A4P-C1 FES.543432.3

1 506A SIM-M12-8GD-2-PU // CONNECTION CABLE FESTO SIM-M12-8GD-2-PU FES.525616

1 506A QS-1/8 6-I//PUSH-IN-FITTING FESTO QS-1/8 6-I FES.153013

1 506A QST-6 // PUSH-IN T CONNECTOR FESTO QST-6 FES.153129

1 506B QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 506C QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 508A QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 508B QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 DRAIN- QSS-F-8 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-8 FES.533911

1 INLET QSS-F-8 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-8 FES.533911

1 OUT1- QSS-F-8 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-8 FES.533911

1 OUT1- UC-QS-8H // SILENCER FESTO UC-QS-8H FES.175611

1 OUT3- QSS-F-8 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-8 FES.533911

1 OUT3- UC-QS-8H // SILENCER FESTO UC-QS-8H FES.175611

1 OUT4- QSS-F-10 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-10 FES.533912

1 OUT4- UC-QS-10H // Sound SILENCING DEVICe FESTO 526475 FES.526475

1 OUT5- QSS-F-10 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-10 FES.533912

1 OUT5- UC-QS-10H // Sound SILENCING DEVICe FESTO 526475 FES.526475

1 PANEL ENCLOSURE 400x600x210mm (HxWxD) ELDON MAS ELD.MAS0406021R5

2 PANEL QST-8-6 // PUSH IN T-CONNECTOR FESTO QST-8-6 FES.153135

1 PANEL CABLEGLAND POLYAMIDE M20 IP68 OBO M20 OBO.2022 35 4

3 PANEL CABLEGLAND POLYAMIDE M16 IP68 OBO M16 OBO.2022 34 6

1 PANEL LOCKNUT PVC M20 OBO M20 OBO.2049 53 8

3 PANEL LOCKNUT PVC M16 OBO M16 OBO.2049 51 1

1 PS SDE5-D10-O-Q6E-P-K // PRESSURE SWITCH FESTO SDE5-D10-O-Q6E-P-K FES.542890

1 SEP-LC508A QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 1000
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
PARTS LIST
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 1001
BILL OF MATERIALS
QUANTITY ITEM NUMBER DESCRIPTION MANUFACTURER TYPE ORDER NUMBER

1 SPARE1 QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 SPARE2 QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 SPARE3 QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 SPARE4 QSS-F-6 // PUSH-IN BULKHEAD CONNECTOR FESTO QSS-F-6 FES.533910

1 VALVE_BLOCK 32E-MPM+D32P-VGK-R-MAAU-5KMLL // MPM VALVE TERMINAL FESTO 32E-MPM+D32P-VGK-R-MAAU-5KMLL FES.539105.27

4 X3 FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

2 X4 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X4 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030417 PHO.D-ST 2,5

3 X4 FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

2 X5 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X5 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030417 PHO.D-ST 2,5

12 X5 FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

2 X6 END BRACKET PHOENIX CONTACT 0800886 PHO.E/NS 35 N

1 X6 COVER PHOENIX CONTACT 3030417 PHO.D-ST 2,5

4 X6 FEED-THROUGH TERMINAL BLOCK WITH SPRING-CAGE CONNECTION 2,5mm² GREY PHOENIX CONTACT 3031212 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 1001
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
PARTS LIST
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2000
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X3

W/PUX3
CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER

LIYY-JZ 3x1mm²
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 MCC-X3 5 1 16.3 PHO.ST 2,5


2 MCC-X3 6 2 16.3 PHO.ST 2,5
506A 1 3 16.8 PHO.ST 2,5
506A 7 4 16.8 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 2000
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X3 -
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2001
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X4

W/PU-X4
CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER

LIYY-JZ 4x1mm²
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

PS 4 1 MCC-X4 7 1 16.17 PHO.ST 2,5


PS 1 2 MCC-X4 24V 2 16.15 PHO.ST 2,5
PS 3 3 MCC-X4 0V 3 16.16 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 2001
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X4 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DI
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2002
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X5

W/PU-X5
CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER

LIYY-JZ 15x1mm²
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

VALVE_BLOCK-300AV004 X2 1 MCC-X5 0V 14 15.1 PHO.ST 2,5


VALVE_BLOCK-300AV004 X1 2 MCC-X5 7 1 15.2 PHO.ST 2,5
VALVE_BLOCK-300AV005 x1 3 MCC-X5 8 2 15.3 PHO.ST 2,5
VALVE_BLOCK-300AV001 x1 4 MCC-X5 9 3 15.5 PHO.ST 2,5
VALVE_BLOCK-300AV002 x1 5 MCC-X5 10 4 15.6 PHO.ST 2,5
VALVE_BLOCK-300AV007 x1 6 MCC-X5 11 5 15.8 PHO.ST 2,5
VALVE_BLOCK-300AV009 x1 7 MCC-X5 12 6 15.9 PHO.ST 2,5
VALVE_BLOCK-300AV375 x1 8 MCC-X5 13 7 15.11 PHO.ST 2,5
VALVE_BLOCK-506B x1 9 MCC-X5 14 8 15.12 PHO.ST 2,5
VALVE_BLOCK-506C x1 10 MCC-X5 15 9 15.14 PHO.ST 2,5
VALVE_BLOCK-220AV001 x1 11 MCC-X5 16 10 15.15 PHO.ST 2,5
VALVE_BLOCK-CENTRIZOON x1 13 MCC-X5 3 12 15.17 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 2002
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X5 - TERMINALS CONTROL CIRCUIT 24VDC DO
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 2003
TERMINAL ROW

CABLE NAME

CABLE NAME
X6

W/PU-X6
CONNECTION

CONNECTION
CABLE TYPE

CABLE TYPE
TERMINAL

JUMPER

LIYCY-JZ 4x1mm²
TARGET TARGET
FUNCTION TEXT DESIGNATION DESIGNATION PAGE / COLUMN PART NUMBER

1 MCC-X6 16 1 16.4 PHO.ST 2,5


506A 4 2 MCC-X6 17 2 16.8 PHO.ST 2,5
3 MCC-X6 18 3 16.5 PHO.ST 2,5
506A 3 4 16.9 PHO.ST 2,5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 2003
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
X6 - TERMINALS ANALOGE CIRCUIT - MCC
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3000
CABLE OVERVIEW
ALL CONDUCTORS CROSS-SECTION LENGTH
CABLE NAME SOURCE (FROM) TARGET (TO) CABLE TYPE REMARKS
CONDUCTORS USED [MM] [M]
W/PU-X4 MCC-X4 X4 LIYY-JZ 4 3 1
W/PU-X5 MCC-X5 X5 LIYY-JZ 15 12 1
W/PU-X6 MCC-X6 X6 LIYCY-JZ 4 3 1
W/PUX3 MCC-X3 X3 LIYY-JZ 3 2 1

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 3000
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable overview : W/PU-X4 - W/PUX3
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3050
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/PU-X4 LIYY-JZ 4 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

16.17 MCC-X4 7 1 X4 1 16.17

16.15 MCC-X4 24V 2 X4 2 16.15

16.16 MCC-X4 0V 3 X4 3 16.16

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 3050
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/PU-X4
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3051
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/PU-X5 LIYY-JZ 15 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

15.2 MCC-X5 7 1 X5 2 15.2

15.3 MCC-X5 8 2 X5 3 15.3

15.5 MCC-X5 9 3 X5 4 15.5

15.6 MCC-X5 10 4 X5 5 15.6

15.8 MCC-X5 11 5 X5 6 15.8

15.9 MCC-X5 12 6 X5 7 15.9

15.11 MCC-X5 13 7 X5 8 15.11

15.12 MCC-X5 14 8 X5 9 15.12

15.14 MCC-X5 15 9 X5 10 15.14

15.15 MCC-X5 16 10 X5 11 15.15

15.17 MCC-X5 3 12 X5 13 15.17

15.1 MCC-X5 0V 14 X5 1 15.1

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 3051
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/PU-X5
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3052
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/PU-X6 LIYCY-JZ 4 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

16.4 MCC-X6 16 1 X6 1 16.4

16.8 MCC-X6 17 2 X6 2 16.8

16.5 MCC-X6 18 3 X6 3 16.5

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 3052
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/PU-X6
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8 3053
CABLE CONNECTION:
CABLE NUMBER: CABLE TYPE: N° OF WIRES: SECTION:

W/PUX3 LIYY-JZ 3 1

DESCRIPTION PAGE/PAD ITEM TERM. WIRE ITEM TERM. PAGE/PAD DESCRIPTION

16.3 MCC-X3 5 1 X3 1 16.3

16.3 MCC-X3 6 2 X3 2 16.3

1 LOCATION: PROJECT: PAGE:


000000 - PX55 VERxx REV12 3053
2
3 P&V ref: 000000 - PX55 (PU) VERxx REV12 PAGE: N.PAGE:
Cable diagram : W/PUX3
REV DESCRIPTION DATE: TNS DESIGN: ASCH CAE: EPLAN ELECTRIC P8
ITEM QTY ARTICLE NO. DENOMINATION TYPE / DATA SUPPLIER

* 201FG001 2 7005050000-021 Sight Glass Type: USL Bull Eye (KIESSELMAN)


220FG001 Materials: AISI304, borosilicate glass
Size: DN50 acc. to DIN11851
Replace standard seals to oil/fat resitant seals.

* 221FG001 1 175.73.11G.001.786 Sight Glass Type: USL Bull Eye (NOCADO)


Materials: stainless steel, glass
Size: DN100/DN65 acc. to DIN11851
Replace standard seals to oil/fat resitant seals.

* 201PI001 2 233.50.100 Pressure indicator Type: Bourdon pressure gauge, glycerine filled (WIKA)
220PI001 Indicator size: 100mm
Range: 0-10 bar
For vertical mounting

990.18 Chemical seal Connection: DN50 acc. DIN11851

* 220FG002 1 BKVLR 50 HD DN50 Illumination for Sightglass Max Muller minilux type BKVLR 50 HD (MAX MULLER)
(9610-0200-14) Size: DN 50
Power: 20W
Voltage: 24 VAC/VDC

* 221FG002 1 BKVLR 50 HD DN65 Illumination for Sightglass Max Muller minilux type BKVLR 50 HD (MAX MULLER)
(9610-0200-15) Size: DN 65
Power: 50W
Voltage: 24 VAC/VDC

* 201R001 1 9612-2200-40 Non return valve Type: LKC-2 (LKM)


Dimension: DN25
Material: AISI 304 & NBR

COMPONENT LIST Process- and Service Liquid Module for separator PX65 / PX55 Document: 9699-7001

Rev No: Date: Complementary information: Project: Dept: Design: Appr: Date: Page: Total:

10 10/09/2008 Flowchart PX65: CD02352 Standard E&S SR WG 10/09/2008 1 7


Flowchart PX55: CD02351
ITEM QTY ARTICLE NO. DENOMINATION TYPE / DATA SUPPLIER

* 220AV001 1 9612-3055-05 Constant pressure valve Type: CPMI-2 (LKM)


Range: KV=23
Size: DN50
Materials: Diaphragm in PTFE-covered EPDM, O-ring in
FPM-covered EPDM

* 220V001 1 R07-100-RNKG Pressure reducing valve Type: R07 (IMI NORGREN)


Range: 0,3 – 7 bar

18-025-003 Console Wall mounting R07 & B07

220PI005 18-013-989 Manometer Range: 10 bar


Connection: G 1/8”

* 220PIT001 1 PTP35-A1C13P1PL4A Pressure transmitter Type: Cerephant T, model PTP 35 (ENDRESS +


Range: 0-10 bar HAUSER)
Output signal: 4 – 20 mA
Electrical connection: 4 wire, 12 – 30 VDC, PNP switch + 4 –
20 mA
Electrical connector: M12 x 1,5 connector
Process connection: DN50 acc DIN 11851
Process temp: 0 – 100 °C, max 135 °C for max 1 hour
Product wetted material: AISI 316L

* 220TI001 1 R74.100.120 Temperature Indicator Rigid stem thermometer (WIKA)


Nitrogen filled
Case diameter: 100 mm
Material: Stainless Steel
Range: 0 – 120 °C
Connection: DN50 acc DIN 11851
Probe length: 50 mm

COMPONENT LIST Process- and Service Liquid Module for separator PX65 / PX55 Document: 9699-7001

Rev No: Date: Complementary information: Project: Dept: Design: Appr: Date: Page: Total:

10 10/09/2008 Flowchart PX65: CD02352 Standard E&S SR WG 10/09/2008 2 7


Flowchart PX55: CD02351
ITEM QTY ARTICLE NO. DENOMINATION TYPE / DATA SUPPLIER

* 220S001 1 RX272050 Flexible Connection Type: hose in white PTFE, reinforced with double woven (VEMOFLEX)
AISI304
Dimensions: Dia 2”, length = 500 mm
Connection: 1 x SMS 51 liner + nut and 1 x NW 50 liner +
nut acc. DIN 11851

* 201S001 1 RX272063 Flexible Connection Type: hose in white PTFE, reinforced with double woven (VEMOFLEX)
AISI304
Dimensions: Dia 2 ½”, length = 500 mm
Connection: 1 x SMS 63,5 liner + nut and 1 x NW 65 liner +
nut acc. DIN 11851

300S001 1 RX272016 Flexible Connection Type: hose in white PTFE, reinforced with double woven (VEMOFLEX)
AISI304
Dimensions: NW16, length = 500 mm
Connection: 1 x ½’’BSP M and 1 x NW 15 liner + nut acc.
DIN 11851

300S003 3 RX272013 Flexible Connection Type: hose in white PTFE, reinforced with double woven (VEMOFLEX)
300S004 AISI304
300S006 Dimensions: ½’’, length = 1400 mm
Connection: 1 x ½’’BSP M and 1 x NW 15 liner + nut acc.
DIN 11851

300S007 1 RX272013 Flexible Connection Type: hose in white PTFE, reinforced with double woven (VEMOFLEX)
AISI304
Dimensions: ½’’, length = 1700 mm
Connection: 1 x 3/8’’BSP M and 1 x NW 15 liner + nut acc.
DIN 11851

COMPONENT LIST Process- and Service Liquid Module for separator PX65 / PX55 Document: 9699-7001

Rev No: Date: Complementary information: Project: Dept: Design: Appr: Date: Page: Total:

10 10/09/2008 Flowchart PX65: CD02352 Standard E&S SR WG 10/09/2008 3 7


Flowchart PX55: CD02351
ITEM QTY ARTICLE NO. DENOMINATION TYPE / DATA SUPPLIER

* 300S002 3 MS016 Flexible Hose Type: Multiserviz MS016 (VEMOFLEX)


300S010 Dout=24mm / Din =16mm
300S012 Material inside: based on NBR, antistatic (R < 106 Ω)
Temperature range: -30 °C … +100 °C
Work pressure: max 25 bar
Connection: on hose pilar with clamb

* 300S008 4 MS010 Flexible Hose Type: Multiserviz MS010 (VEMOFLEX)


300S009 Dout=17,5mm / Din =10mm
300S011 Material inside: based on NBR, antistatic (R < 106 Ω)
300S013 Temperature range: -30 °C … +100 °C
Work pressure: max 25 bar
Connection: on hose pilar with clamb

* 300S014 1 AL038 Flexible hose Type: ALTRA-L (VEMOFLEX)


Material: PVC, reinforced with PVC spiral
Work pressure: max 5 bar
Dimension: inner diameter 38
Temperature range: -10°C - +60°C

* 300FE001 1 KO7N200RVS Compensator NBR compensator type KO7 (VEMOFLEX)


Materials: hose in nitrile, flanges in AISI316
Dimensions: DN200, PN10, length 130mm

221FE001 1 KO7N100RVS Compensator NBR compensator type KO7 (VEMOFLEX)


Materials: hose in nitrile, flanges in AISI316L
Dimensions: DN100, PN10, length 130mm

COMPONENT LIST Process- and Service Liquid Module for separator PX65 / PX55 Document: 9699-7001

Rev No: Date: Complementary information: Project: Dept: Design: Appr: Date: Page: Total:

10 10/09/2008 Flowchart PX65: CD02352 Standard E&S SR WG 10/09/2008 4 7


Flowchart PX55: CD02351
ITEM QTY ARTICLE NO. DENOMINATION TYPE / DATA SUPPLIER

* 300V001 6 205287 Manual Ball Valve Type: FIG177 (WEYN-LAUWERS)


300V002
300V003 Full throttle 2-way ball valve
201V001 Connection: ½’ BSP F/F
220V001
300V006

* 300V004 1 Fig 226S Needle valve Type: Fig 226S, straight model, full throttle (ECONOSTO)
Connections:3/8” BSP internal
Material: housing in SS316, seal in PTFE

* 300PIS001 1 PTC31-A1A11P1AD1A Pressure switch Type Cerephant T, model PTC 31 (ENDRESS +


Range: 0-10 bar HAUSER)
Output signal: PNP
Electrical connection: 3 wire, 12 – 30 VDC, PNP switch
Electrical connector: M12 x 1,5 connector
Process connection: ISO-G ¼”

* 300FI001 1 SWK 2240 SWK 2240 Flowmeter/switch type SWK 2240 (KOBOLD)
Range: 1.7 – 4.0 l/min
Material: SS
Connection: ½” BSP female/female

* 300AV004 5 1014T04, NC Pneumatic seat valve, NC Type: C-210 (EVIAN UNIFLEX)


300AV005 Actuator dia: 45mm
300AV009 Connection: 1/2” BSP female/female
300AV001 Actuator: Normally Closed
AV375

COMPONENT LIST Process- and Service Liquid Module for separator PX65 / PX55 Document: 9699-7001

Rev No: Date: Complementary information: Project: Dept: Design: Appr: Date: Page: Total:

10 10/09/2008 Flowchart PX65: CD02352 Standard E&S SR WG 10/09/2008 5 7


Flowchart PX55: CD02351
ITEM QTY ARTICLE NO. DENOMINATION TYPE / DATA SUPPLIER

* 300AV002 2 1014T34 NO Pneumatic seat valve, NO Type: C-210 (EVIAN UNIFLEX)


300AV007 Actuator dia: 45mm
Connection: 1/2” BSP female/female
Actuator: Normally Open

* 300R001 3 1109 Non Return Valve Type: 290X (SOCLA)


300R002 (9610020006) Connection: 3/8” BSP female/female
300R003

* 300FJ001 2 REG 1202 Constant flow regulator Type: A-1, SS (KOBOLD)


300FJ002 Flowrate: 2 l/min
Connection: ½” BSP female/female

* 300FIL001 1 FIG 1011 1/2 Filter Type: Y-filter FIG RVS (ECONOSTO)
Connection: ½” BSP female/female
Perforation size: 0,15mm (100 mesh)

COMPONENT LIST Process- and Service Liquid Module for separator PX65 / PX55 Document: 9699-7001

Rev No: Date: Complementary information: Project: Dept: Design: Appr: Date: Page: Total:

10 10/09/2008 Flowchart PX65: CD02352 Standard E&S SR WG 10/09/2008 6 7


Flowchart PX55: CD02351
ITEM QTY ARTICLE NO. DENOMINATION TYPE / DATA SUPPLIER

* 300B001 1 715697-83 Operating water tank Operating water tank inc. floater valve at inlet, shut-off valve (ALFA LAVAL)
at outlet and level indicator.
Volume: appr. 45 l
Connection inlet: 1” BSP female
Connection outlet: 2” BSP male
Mounting height tank: 3 – 6 m
Height of tank determines operating water pressure; 1m
corresponds with 0,1bar (10 kPa).
Size of connection from tank to separator should be as big
as possible, preferrably 2”.

Complete tank includes following valves:

300AV008 300AV008: floater valve, size 1”


300MV004 300MV004: shut-off valve, size 2”

* 375 1 9611-99-2002 Seal Ring NBR DN25, 52.7/26.2,t=5.5 LKM


* 463 1 190603 Seal Ring NBR ф38, 48/38,t=5.5 LKM
* 220 1 190604 Seal Ring NBR ф51, 61/51,t=5.5 LKM
* 201,221 2 190605 Seal Ring NBR ф63.5, 73.5/63.5,t=5.5 LKM
* 821 1 190606 Seal Ring NBR ф76.1, 86/76.1,t=5.5 LKM
* 7 527346-07 Seal Ring NBR DN50,64/54,t=5 LKM
* 2 527346-08 Seal Ring NBR DN65,81/71,t=5 LKM
* 1 527346-11 Seal Ring NBR DN100,114/104,t=6 LKM

COMPONENT LIST Process- and Service Liquid Module for separator PX65 / PX55 Document: 9699-7001

Rev No: Date: Complementary information: Project: Dept: Design: Appr: Date: Page: Total:

10 10/09/2008 Flowchart PX65: CD02352 Standard E&S SR WG 10/09/2008 7 7


Flowchart PX55: CD02351
01. System Documentation

• Assembly drawing

­ Operating water tank - 1604062


­ 3D frame layout - CD02353
­ Service liquid unit - CD02354
­ Inlet - CD02355
­ Light phase outlet - CD002356
­ Heavy phase outlet - CD002357
­ Flushing pipe - CD002358
­ Drain valve - CD002359

© Copyright Alfa Laval PX55

You might also like